MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK SA
S-4, 2000-01-21
Previous: UNIVERSAL VIEW CORP, 10SB12G, 2000-01-21
Next: YOUTH STREAM MEDIA NETWORKS INC, S-4, 2000-01-21











   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 21,
   2000
                                            REGISTRATION NO. 333-________
   ======================================================================

                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                       ______________________________

                                  FORM S-4
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                       ______________________________

                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.
           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                       ______________________________


   WISCONSIN
   (STATE OR OTHER               6036                39-0452450
   JURISDICTION OF     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION)      CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)   IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                         10533 WEST NATIONAL AVENUE
                         WEST ALLIS, WISCONSIN 53227
                               (414) 327-3700

             (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
      INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                           ______________________

                             RICHARD A. KNISBECK
                         10533 WEST NATIONAL AVENUE
                         WEST ALLIS, WISCONSIN 53227
                               (414) 327-3700

     (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
                       AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                  COPY TO:

                         CHRISTOPHER J. ZINSKI, ESQ.
                            SCHIFF HARDIN & WAITE
                              6600 SEARS TOWER
                           CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606
                               (312) 258-5548
                         __________________________








        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE
   SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as practicable after this
   registration statement becomes effective.
























































        If the securities being registered on this form are being offered
   in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is
   compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.    [_]

        If this form is being filed to register additional securities for
   an offering under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check
   the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
   number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
   offering.                                                          [_]

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed under Rule
   462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and
   list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
   effective registration statement for the same offering.            [_]

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
   ====================================================================
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

        TITLE OF EACH CLASS                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM           PROPOSED
        OF SECURITIES TO BE         AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE PER      MAXIMUM AGGREGATE           AMOUNT OF
            REGISTERED             REGISTERED<1>             SHARE<2>           OFFERING PRICE<2>      REGISTRATION FEE<2>
       <S>                         <C>                  <C>                     <C>                    <C>
       Common Stock, $.01
       par value                     2,377,852                $5.4375            $12,929,570.25             $3,413.41
   </TABLE>
     ====================================================================

   <F1> Based on the maximum number of shares to be issued, in respect of
        the same number of shares of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. common
        stock outstanding, upon consummation of the reorganization
        described herein.

   <F2> Estimated solely for purposes of determining the registration fee
        and based, in accordance with Rule 457(f), upon the average of
        the bid and ask prices for the common stock of Marquette Savings
        Bank, S.A. as quoted on the OTC electronic bulletin board on
        January 20, 2000.

                       ______________________________

        THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH
   DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL
   THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY
   STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME
   EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF
   1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON
   SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT
   TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
   ====================================================================











                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.
                         10533 WEST NATIONAL AVENUE
                         WEST ALLIS, WISCONSIN 53227
                               (414) 327-3700
                            ___________ __, 2000
   Dear Stockholder:

        This proxy statement/prospectus and accompanying proxy card are
   being furnished to the stockholders of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. in
   connection with the solicitation of proxies by Marquette from holders
   of the outstanding shares of Marquette's common stock, as of the close
   of business on ______ __, 2000, which is the record date, for use at
   the special meeting of stockholders of Marquette to be held on _______
   2000, ____ at _______________, _________, __________, at ____ _.m.,
   local time.

        At this special meeting, a vote will be taken on the proposal to
   approve an agreement and plan of reorganization, which provides for
   the establishment of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc., as a
   stock holding company parent of Marquette.  This stock holding company
   will be majority owned by Marquette Financial, M.H.C., a federally-
   chartered mutual holding company.  Under the reorganization agreement:

        *    Marquette will be wholly owned by the stock holding company;

        *    the stock holding company will become a majority owned
             subsidiary of Marquette Financial; and

        *    each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.01 per
             share, of Marquette will be converted automatically into one
             share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
             stock holding company.

   Upon the consummation of the reorganization, each stockholder of
   Marquette will have the same ownership interest in the stock holding
   company as that stockholder had in Marquette immediately before the
   reorganization.

        THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MARQUETTE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE
   REORGANIZATION IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND RECOMMENDS
   THAT YOU VOTE IN FAVOR OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.

        Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, please take the
   time to vote by completing and signing the enclosed proxy card and
   mailing it to us.  IF YOU COMPLETE, SIGN AND MAIL YOUR PROXY WITHOUT
   INDICATING HOW YOU WANT TO VOTE, YOUR PROXY WILL BE COUNTED AS A VOTE
   IN FAVOR OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.  If you abstain or do not
   vote, this will have the effect of a vote against the reorganization
   agreement.  This proxy statement/prospectus provides you with detailed
   information about the proposed reorganization.









        NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE OFFICE OF
   THRIFT SUPERVISION, NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED
   OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY
   OF THIS PROXY/STATEMENT PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
   CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                            Sincerely,


                            /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                Richard A. Knisbeck
                                President and Chief Executive Officer

        The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is ______ __, 2000,
   and it and the accompanying notice of special meeting and form of
   proxy card are first being mailed to Marquette stockholders on or
   about ______ ___, 2000.









































                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.
                         10533 WEST NATIONAL AVENUE
                         WEST ALLIS, WISCONSIN 53227
                               (414) 327-3700

                 NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                       TO BE HELD ON ________ __, 2000

        NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of stockholders of
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. will be held at __________________,
   ___________________________________________, on ________ __, 2000 at
   ______.m., local time, to consider and vote upon the:

        1.   Approval of the agreement and plan of reorganization
             providing for the establishment of  Marquette Capital
             Holding Company, Inc. as a stock holding company parent of
             Marquette.  This stock holding company will be majority
             owned by Marquette Financial, M.H.C., Marquette's mutual
             holding company. Under the reorganization agreement:

             *    Marquette will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the
                  stock holding company, which will become a majority
                  owned subsidiary of Marquette Financial, and

             *    each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.01
                  per share, of Marquette will be converted automatically
                  into one share of common stock, par value $.01 per
                  share, of the stock holding company; and

        2.   Transaction of other business as may properly come before
             the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement of
             the meeting.

        Only stockholders of record at the close of business on
   __________ ___, 2000 will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at,
   the special meeting and any adjournment or postponement of the
   meeting.

        Each stockholder has the right to dissent and demand payment of
   the fair value of the stockholder's common stock.  The right of a
   stockholder to receive this payment is contingent upon compliance with
   the requirements of the dissenters' rights provisions of the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law, which are contained in Exhibit D.

                                 By Order of the Board of Directors,

                                 /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck

                                 Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer
   West Allis, Wisconsin
   ____________ ____, 2000







                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             ------------------
                                                                     Page
                                                                     ----

   SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -1-
        THE MEETING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -1-


   THE PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -2-
        THE REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -3-
        RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS; REASONS FOR THE
             REORGANIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -3-
        DISSENTERS' RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -3-
        EFFECTIVE DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -3-
        REGULATORY APPROVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -4-
        MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT  . . . .  -4-
        TAX CONSEQUENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -4-
        MARKET PRICES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -4-
        ACCOUNTING TREATMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -5-

   THE MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -6-
        PLACE, TIME AND DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -6-
        MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -6-
        RECORD DATE AND VOTING RIGHTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -6-
        VOTE REQUIRED  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -7-
        VOTE BY MARQUETTE FINANCIAL AND ALL MARQUETTE DIRECTORS AND
             EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -7-
        PROXIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -7-

   VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -9-

   MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10-
        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS . . . -11-
        EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11-
        SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14-
        EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14-
        DIRECTORS' FEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -17-

   MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -17-

   DIVIDEND POLICY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18-

   BUSINESS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18-
        LENDING ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18-
        INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36-

   DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS . . . . . . . . . . -38-
        SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -42-
        COMPETITION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -43-
        EMPLOYEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -44-
        FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -44-

                                     -i-





        LEGAL MATTERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -44-
        REGULATION AND SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45-
        WISCONSIN SAVINGS ASSOCIATION REGULATION . . . . . . . . . . -45-
        FEDERAL REGULATORY OVERSIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -48-
        FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -58-
        GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -58-
        REGULATION OF MARQUETTE FINANCIAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . -59-
        FEDERAL TAXATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -62-
        WISCONSIN TAXATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -63-

   TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -63-

   THE REORGANIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -65-
        GENERAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -65-
        REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -65-
        STOCK HOLDING COMPANY POWERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -65-
        CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66-
        RECOMMENDATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66-
        REGULATORY APPROVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66-
        REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66-
        EFFECTIVE DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -69-
        OPTIONAL EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES  . . . . . . . . . . -69-
        DISSENTERS' RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -69-
        TAX CONSEQUENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -72-
        CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS . . . . . . . . . -73-
        CONDITIONS TO THE REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -74-
        AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -74-
        BUSINESS OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . . -75-
        MANAGEMENT OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . -75-
        COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS AND ANTI-TAKEOVER
             PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -77-
        REGULATION OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . -82-
        DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY  . -85-
        ACCOUNTING TREATMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -86-

   STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -86-

   WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -87-

   FINANCIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -87-

   EXHIBITS

   A.   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
   B.   Federal Stock Charter of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc.
   C.   Bylaws of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc.
   D.   Dissenters' Rights Provisions of the Wisconsin Business
        Corporation Law





                                    -ii-





        THIS DOCUMENT INCORPORATES BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION
   ABOUT THE COMPANY THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN OR DELIVERED WITH THIS
   DOCUMENT.

        THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS UPON
   WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST TO MR. GARY J. SPARZA, SECRETARY OF MARQUETTE
   SAVINGS BANK, S.A., AT 10533 WEST NATIONAL AVENUE, WEST ALLIS,
   WISCONSIN 53227, TELEPHONE (414) 327-3700.

        TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE INFORMATION, STOCKHOLDERS MUST
   REQUEST THIS INFORMATION NO LATER THAN 5 BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE DATE
   THEY MUST MAKE THEIR INVESTMENT DECISION.









































                                    -iii-





                                   SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information from this proxy
   statement/prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you
   should consider. Therefore, you also should read the more detailed
   information contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus,
   including the exhibits.

   THE MEETING

        MEETING AND RECORD DATE.  A special meeting of the stockholders
   of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. will be held on ______________, 2000,
   at __________, at _____________, local time. Only holders of record of
   common stock at the close of business on the record date, __________,
   2000, are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting. See "The
   Meeting - Place, Time and Date" and "- Record Date and Voting Rights."

        MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED. At the meeting, stockholders will vote
   on the approval of the agreement and plan of reorganization, dated as
   of December 14, 1999, by and among Marquette, Marquette Capital
   Holding Company, Inc., the stock holding company, and Marquette
   Interim Federal Savings Bank, under which Marquette will become a
   wholly owned subsidiary of the stock holding company, which will
   become a subsidiary of Marquette Financial, M.H.C., Marquette's mutual
   holding company.  In addition, each share of Marquette common stock
   will be converted automatically into one share of common stock of the
   stock holding company. Stockholders will also consider and vote upon
   other matters as may properly be brought before the meeting. See "The
   Meeting - Matters to be Considered."

        VOTE REQUIRED. Approval of the reorganization agreement requires
   the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
   shares of Marquette common stock. As of the record date, there were
   _______  shares of Marquette common stock entitled to be voted at the
   meeting. See "The Meeting - Vote Required." Approval of the
   reorganization agreement by the Marquette stockholders is a condition
   to, and required for, consummation of the reorganization. See "The
   Reorganization - Conditions to the Reorganization."

        VOTING SECURITIES. As of November 30, 1999, Marquette Financial
   held 1,329,531 shares or approximately 56 percent of the outstanding
   common stock of Marquette. As of November 30, 1999, all directors and
   executive officers of Marquette held 101,615 shares or approximately
   4.3 percent of the outstanding shares of common stock of Marquette.
   Marquette Financial and all directors and executive officers of
   Marquette have indicated that they intend to vote their shares of
   common stock for approval of the reorganization agreement.   See "The
   Meeting - Vote by Marquette Financial and All Marquette Directors and
   Executive Officers" and "Voting Securities and Principal Holders."










   THE PARTIES

        MARQUETTE. Marquette is a Wisconsin-chartered capital stock
   savings association headquartered in West Allis, Wisconsin.
   Marquette's deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
   Corporation under the Savings Association Insurance Fund.  Marquette
   is regulated by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions and
   the Office of Thrift Supervision.  Effective January 21, 1998,
   Marquette completed its conversion from a mutual to a stock
   institution and formed Marquette Financial as its federally-chartered
   mutual holding company.  This conversion involved the sale of shares
   of Marquette's common stock.  As of November 30, 1999, Marquette
   Financial owned 1,329,531 shares, or 56 percent, of Marquette's common
   stock.  Marquette's common stock is quoted on the OTC electronic
   bulletin board under the symbol "MRQT."

        The principal business of Marquette is attracting retail deposits
   from the general public in Milwaukee, Waukesha and Racine counties and
   adjacent counties in Wisconsin and investing those deposits, together
   with funds generated from its operations, in one-to four-family and
   multi-family mortgage loans, U.S. government and agency securities,
   and to a lesser extent, commercial real estate loans, home equity and
   improvement loans and investment grade corporate debt instruments.
   Marquette primarily originates residential mortgage loans for
   investment; however, from time to time, Marquette will sell fixed-rate
   residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to other financial
   institutions and their affiliates and private investors, generally on
   a servicing released basis. Marquette's revenues are derived
   principally from interest on its mortgage loans and other loans and
   interest and dividends on its investment securities and, to a lesser
   extent, loan transaction fees, service charges and joint venture
   activities.  Marquette's primary sources of funds are deposits,
   principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities and
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances. At September 30, 1999, Marquette had
   total assets of $82,420,268, total deposits of $58,024,716, and
   stockholders' equity of $20,931,225.

        Marquette's principal executive office is located at 10533 West
   National Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin 53227 and its telephone number
   is (414) 327-3700.

        THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY.  Marquette Capital Holding Company,
   Inc., a federally-chartered stock corporation, will be the stock
   holding company which will be formed in the reorganization.  The stock
   holding company will be incorporated solely for the purpose of
   becoming a savings and loan holding company and has no prior operating
   history. Upon the completion of the reorganization, Marquette will
   become a wholly owned subsidiary of the stock holding company and each
   stockholder of Marquette will become a stockholder of the stock
   holding company with the same ownership interest as the stockholder's
   ownership interest in Marquette immediately before the reorganization.
   Immediately after the reorganization, it is expected that the stock

                                     -2-





   holding company will not engage in any business activity other than to
   hold all of the voting stock of Marquette.  The stock holding
   company's principal executive office, address and telephone number
   will be the same as those of Marquette.

        MARQUETTE INTERIM.  Marquette Interim Federal Savings Bank, a
   soon to-be-formed interim federal stock savings bank, which initially
   will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the stock holding company, and
   will not conduct any ongoing operations. Its sole purpose will be to
   facilitate the reorganization.

   THE REORGANIZATION

        Each Marquette stockholder is being asked to consider and vote
   upon a proposal to approve the reorganization agreement, under which
   Marquette will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the stock holding
   company, which, in turn, will become a subsidiary of Marquette
   Financial, and each share of Marquette common stock will be converted
   automatically into one share of common stock of the stock holding
   company. See "The Reorganization - Reorganization Agreement," "-
   Comparison of Stockholders Rights and Anti-takeover Provisions" and "-
   Description of Capital Stock of the Stock Holding Company."

   RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS; REASONS FOR THE
   REORGANIZATION

        Marquette's board of directors has unanimously approved the
   reorganization agreement and has determined that the reorganization
   will provide greater operating flexibility than Marquette's existing
   mutual holding company structure and that the reorganization is in the
   best interests of Marquette and its stockholders. THE BOARD
   UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION
   AGREEMENT.  For a discussion of the reasons for the reorganization,
   see "The Reorganization - Reasons for the Reorganization."

   DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

        The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law governs the dissenters'
   rights of Marquette stockholders.  Under the WBCL, Marquette
   stockholders may assert dissenters' rights and demand payment of the
   fair value of their common stock.  To assert dissenters' rights,
   Marquette stockholders cannot vote their shares of common stock in
   favor of the reorganization agreement and must take other actions
   required by the WBCL.  However, the valid exercise of dissenters'
   rights by a stockholder could result in the reorganization being
   abandoned.  See "The Reorganization - Dissenters' Rights."

   EFFECTIVE DATE

        The effective date of the reorganization will be the date upon
   which the articles of combination are endorsed by the WDFI and the
   OTS. See "The Reorganization - Effective Date."

                                     -3-






   REGULATORY APPROVALS

        Completion of the reorganization is conditioned upon receiving
   the approval of the OTS and the WDFI.  The OTS must approve the
   formation of the stock holding company, including its charter, the
   stock company's acquisition of 100 percent of the common stock of
   Marquette and the merger between Marquette and Marquette Interim.  The
   WDFI must approve the merger between Marquette and Marquette Interim.
   See "The Reorganization - Regulatory Approvals."

   MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

        The reorganization agreement is attached as Exhibit A. You should
   read the reorganization agreement because it is the legal document
   that governs the reorganization. The reorganization agreement includes
   many material terms and provisions which are described in detail
   elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, including provisions
   that:

        *    require that conditions, in addition to the regulatory
             approvals and the stockholder approval already discussed, be
             satisfied or waived before the reorganization may be
             consummated, see "The Reorganization - Conditions to the
             Reorganization;" and

        *    regulate the ability of the parties to amend, terminate or
             waive provisions of the reorganization agreement, see "The
             Reorganization - Amendment, Termination or Waiver."

   TAX CONSEQUENCES

        In general, the reorganization will be deemed to constitute a
   reorganization under Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
   and no gain or loss will be recognized by the stockholders of
   Marquette upon the exchange of Marquette common stock solely for the
   stock holding company common stock. Because tax consequences may vary
   depending upon the particular circumstances of a stockholder, each
   Marquette stockholder should consult his own tax counsel concerning
   the specific tax consequences of the reorganization to that
   stockholder, including the applicability and effect of federal, state
   and local tax laws. See "The Reorganization - Tax Consequences."

   MARKET PRICES

        The following table shows the high and low prices of the common
   stock of Marquette on July 27, 1999 and ________ ___, 2000.  July 27,
   1999 was the trading date preceding public announcement of the
   proposed reorganization. _______ ___, 2000 was the most recent
   practicable trading date preceding the date of this proxy
   statement/prospectus.  See "Market for the Common Stock."


                                     -4-





                                             HIGH         LOW
                                             ----         ---
           July 27, 1999                    $6.563      $6.563
           ____________ ___, 2000        $__________  $_________

   ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

        The reorganization will be treated similar to a pooling of
   interests for financial accounting purposes.  Therefore, the
   consolidated capitalization, assets, liabilities, income and financial
   statements of the stock holding company immediately following the
   reorganization will be substantially the same as those of Marquette
   immediately before the consummation of the reorganization, all of
   which will be shown on the stock holding company's books at their
   historical recorded values.  See "The Reorganization - Accounting
   Treatment."





































                                     -5-





                                 THE MEETING

   PLACE, TIME AND DATE

        A special meeting of the stockholders of Marquette will be held
   on ___________, 2000, at ____, at _____ _.m. local time.  This proxy
   statement/prospectus is being sent to stockholders and accompanies a
   form of proxy which Marquette is soliciting for use at the meeting and
   at any adjournment or postponement of the meeting.

   MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED

        Stockholders of Marquette are being asked to approve the
   reorganization agreement, which the board of directors unanimously
   approved on December 14, 1999.  Under the reorganization agreement,
   Marquette will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the stock holding
   company, which will be majority owned by Marquette Financial.  Also,
   each outstanding share of Marquette's common stock will be converted
   automatically into one share of common stock of the stock holding
   company.  Stockholders also will consider and vote upon other matters
   as may properly be brought before the meeting.  As of the date of this
   proxy statement/prospectus, Marquette knows of no business to be
   presented for consideration other than the matters described in this
   proxy statement/prospectus.

   RECORD DATE AND VOTING RIGHTS

        Marquette has fixed the close of business on ________ __, 2000 as
   the record date for the determination of Marquette's stockholders
   entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the special meeting.  Only
   holders of record of shares of Marquette common stock at the close of
   business on this date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at,
   the special meeting.  As of the record date, there were _________
   shares of Marquette common stock outstanding and entitled to be voted.
   The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of at least a
   majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote at the special
   meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a
   quorum, it is expected that the meeting will be adjourned or postponed
   by stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting in person or by proxy
   to solicit additional proxies.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will
   be treated as shares present at the meeting for determining the
   presence of a quorum.  Brokers holding shares of record for customers
   are not entitled to vote on the reorganization agreement proposal
   unless they receive voting instructions from their customers.  "Broker
   non-votes" means the votes that could have been cast on the
   reorganization agreement by brokers regarding uninstructed shares if
   the brokers had received their customers' instructions.

        Each stockholder will be entitled to one vote for each share held
   of record on the reorganization agreement at the special meeting and
   at any adjournment or postponement.


                                     -6-





   VOTE REQUIRED

        The affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the
   outstanding shares of Marquette common stock is required for the
   approval of the reorganization agreement. ABSTENTIONS AND BROKER NON-
   VOTES WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTES AGAINST THE APPROVAL OF THE
   REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.

   VOTE BY MARQUETTE FINANCIAL AND ALL MARQUETTE DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE
   OFFICERS

        As of November 30, 1999, Marquette Financial owned approximately
   56 percent and all directors and executive officers of Marquette owned
   approximately 4.3 percent of the shares of common stock entitled to
   vote at the special meeting.  Marquette Financial and all directors
   and executive officers of Marquette have indicated to Marquette that
   they intend to vote these shares FOR the approval of the
   reorganization agreement, ensuring a quorum at the special meeting,
   and increasing the likelihood of the approval of the reorganization
   agreement.

   PROXIES

        Shares of common stock represented by properly executed proxies
   received by Marquette before or at the meeting will, unless these
   proxies have been revoked, be voted at the meeting and any adjournment
   or postponement, according to the instructions indicated in the
   proxies.  IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE GIVEN ON A PROPERLY EXECUTED PROXY,
   THE SHARES WILL BE VOTED FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.

        A proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted by:

        *    filing a written notice of revocation of the proxy bearing a
             later date than the date of the proxy or a later dated proxy
             relating to the same shares with Mr. Gary J. Sparza,
             Secretary of Marquette, at 10533 West National Avenue, West
             Allis, Wisconsin 53227; or

        *    attending the special meeting and voting in person.

   Attendance at the meeting will not in itself constitute the revocation
   of a proxy.

        If any other matters are properly presented at the meeting for
   consideration, the persons named in the proxy or acting under the
   proxy will have discretion to vote on these matters according to their
   best judgment. If a proposal to adjourn the meeting is properly
   presented, however, the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy
   will not have discretion to vote in favor of the adjournment proposal
   any shares which have been voted against the approval of the
   reorganization agreement.  As of the date of this proxy


                                     -7-





   statement/prospectus, Marquette knows of no other matters to be
   presented at the meeting.

        In addition to solicitation by mail, directors, officers and
   employees of Marquette, who will not be specifically compensated for
   these services, may solicit proxies from the stockholders of
   Marquette, personally or by telephone, telegram or other forms of
   communication.  Brokerage houses, nominees, fiduciaries and other
   custodians will be requested to forward soliciting materials to
   beneficial owners and will be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses
   incurred in sending this material to beneficial owners.  Firstar Trust
   Company, Marquette's transfer agent, will perform some of these
   functions.  Marquette will bear its own expenses in connection with
   the solicitation of proxies for the meeting.

        HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE AND SIGN
   THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-
   PAID ENVELOPE.



































                                     -8-





                   VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS

        Stockholders of record as of the close of business on the record
   date, which is ________ __, 2000, are entitled to one vote for each
   share of common stock then held.  As of the record date, Marquette had
   _________ shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

        The following table sets forth, as of November 30, 1999,
   information as to the number of shares of common stock beneficially
   owned by each person or entity known by Marquette to beneficially own
   in excess of 5 percent of the outstanding shares of common stock and
   all directors and executive officers of Marquette as a group.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                        NAME AND ADDRESS OF                           AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
                          BENEFICIAL OWNER                           BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP<1>               PERCENT
                        -------------------                          ----------------------                -------
     <S>                <C>                                          <C>                                   <C>
     PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER:
     Marquette Financial, M.H.C.                                            1,329,531                       56.00
     10533 West National Avenue
     West Allis, Wisconsin 53227

     ALL DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS A GROUP                          101,615                        4.30
     (7 PERSONS):
   </TABLE>



















     __________________________

     <F1> Unless otherwise indicated, the nature of beneficial ownership
        for shares shown in this column is sole voting and investment
        power.



                                     -9-





                                 MANAGEMENT

        The table below describes, as of November 30, 1999, the name and
   age of, and information regarding the number of shares of common stock
   beneficially owned by, each Marquette director and executive officer.
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Amount and
                                                                                    Current       Nature of
                                                 Positions Held        Director      Term        Beneficial
                       Name<1>        Age         at Marquette           Since     to Expire     Ownership<2>   Percent
                       -----          ---        --------------        --------    ---------   -------------    -------
                  <S>                 <C>   <C>                        <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>
                                            President, Chief
                  Richard A.          59    Executive Officer,           1982        2001       10,434 (0.44)      *
                  Knisbeck<3>               Chairman of the Board
                                            and Director

                  Rhody J.            60    Director                     1977        2002       18,227 (0.77)      *
                  Megal<4>
                  Joseph H.           67    Director                     1989        2002       14,215 (0.60)      *
                  Morgan<5>

                  Don M. Janke        73    Director                     1967        2000       27,427            1.15


                  Frederick L.        69    Director                     1974        2001       25,427            1.07
                  Berndt<6>

                                                 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS
                  Gary J. Sparza      41    Senior Vice President         N/A         N/A        5,031 (0.21)      *
                                            and Secretary

                  Thomas X. Gatlin    56    Treasurer and                 N/A         N/A          854 (0.04)      *
                                            Controller
   </TABLE>
     _________________________
     *    Less than 1 percent.
   <F1> The mailing address for each person listed is 10533 West National
        Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin 53227.  Each director and each
        executive officer of Marquette also is a director and executive
        of the same office of Marquette Financial.
   <F2> See definition of "beneficial ownership" in the table in "Voting
        Securities and Principal Holders."
   <F3> Mr. Knisbeck also is an executive officer.  Of the 10,434 shares
        beneficially owned by Mr. Knisbeck, 5,000 are held jointly with
        his wife, Rosalie H. Knisbeck and 1,200 are held individually by
        Rosalie H. Knisbeck.
   <F4> Of the 18,227 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Megal, 14,675 are
        held jointly with his wife, Carolyn Megal and 3,125 are held
        individually by Carolyn Megal.
   <F5> The 14,215 shares reported as beneficially owned by Mr. Morgan
        are held jointly with his wife, Joan V. Morgan.



                                    -10-





   <F6> The 25,427 shares reported as beneficially owned by Mr. Berndt
        are held jointly with his wife, Alberta Berndt.

   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

        The business experience for the past five years of each of the
   current directors and executive officers who are not directors is as
   follows.

        DIRECTORS.  Mr. Knisbeck has been affiliated with Marquette since
   October, 1965, and assumed the position of President and Chief
   Executive Officer of Marquette in January, 1991.  He was elected as
   Chairman of the Board in August, 1998.

        Mr. Megal has been President of Megal Development Corp., a real
   estate development company, and Megal Construction Co., a general
   contractor, for more than the past five years.

        Mr. Morgan is Director of International Marketing of Wixon
   Industries, a manufacturer of spices, seasonings, chemicals, and
   flavors of pharmaceuticals.  Before becoming director of International
   Marketing, he was President of Wixon Industries for more than the past
   five years.

        Mr. Janke has been retired for more than the past five years.
   Mr. Janke retired in 1991 as President of Marquette after 32 years
   with Marquette.

        Mr. Berndt has been retired since November, 1997.  From 1953
   through November, 1997, he was President of Berndt Buick Co., an auto
   dealership.

        EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS.  Gary J. Szpara has
   held the positions of Senior Vice President and Secretary of Marquette
   since January, 1991.

        Thomas X. Gatlin has held the positions of Treasurer and
   Controller of Marquette since November, 1995.  Mr. Gatlin served as
   Vice President, Administration - Commercial Real Estate for Firstar
   Bank in Milwaukee, Wisconsin for more than three years before
   November, 1995.  He also served as Treasurer and Secretary of Firstar
   Mortgage Corp.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The table below shows the total amount of cash compensation
   awarded to, earned by or paid to the person who held the position of
   Chief Executive Officer of Marquette during the fiscal years ended
   March 31, 1999, 1998, 1997.  No other officers of Marquette received
   compensation in excess of $100,000 during the fiscal year ended March
   31, 1999.


                                                             -11-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                    Annual Compensation                 Long-Term Compensation
                                           ----------------------------------           ----------------------

                                                                                       Restricted     Securities
               Name and                                              Other annual        stock        underlying       All other
          Principal Position       Year      Salary       Bonus      compensation        award        options(#)     compensation
          ------------------       ----      ------       -----      ------------      ----------     ----------      -----------
      <S>                          <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>               <C>            <C>            <C>
      Richard A. Knisbeck          1999      $118,575     $14,100       $16,250<1>     $110,754<2>     26,680<3>     $24,284<4><5>
      President and Chief          1998       113,225      25,680        15,825<1>         -              -           26,838<5>
      Executive Officer            1997       108,000      18,360        13,275<1>         -              -              231<5>
   </TABLE>
     -------------------------------

   <F1> Consists solely of directors' fees.

   <F2> Consists of an award on August 12,1998 of 10,670 shares of common
        stock at $10.38 per share, the average price of Marquette's
        common stock for the 20 business day period before the award,
        under Marquette's Management Development and Recognition Plan.
        These shares vest over a five year period from the date of grant
        with 20 percent vesting on each anniversary date of the initial
        grant date.

   <F3> Consists of a grant of 26,680 options granted on August 12, 1998
        at an exercise price of $10.38 per share, the average price of
        Marquette's common stock for the 20 business day period before
        the award, under Marquette's 1998 Stock Option and Incentive
        Plan.  These options vest over a five year period from the date
        of grant with 20 percent vesting on each anniversary date of the
        initial grant date.

   <F4> Includes an ESOP allocation of 1,244 shares having a market value
        of  $7.50 per share or approximately $9,330 at the date of
        allocation.

   <F5> Contributions by Marquette to the Profit Sharing Plan on Mr.
        Knisbeck's behalf.















                                    -12-





        The following table indicates information regarding the fiscal
   year end values of Marquette's option grants under its stock option
   plan.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Potential realizable
                                                                                                  value at assumed annual
                                                                                                  rates of stock price
                                                                                                  appreciation for option
                                                      Individual Grants                           term<1>
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------    -----------------------

                                                    Percent of total     Exercise
                             Number of              options granted      or base
                             securities             to employee in       price      Expiration
       Name                  underlying options     fiscal year          ($/sh)     date            5% ($)        10% ($)
       -----                 ------------------     ----------------     --------   ----------      ------       --------
       <S>                   <C>                    <C>                  <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>
       Richard A. Knisbeck          26,680                  25%          $10.38     8/12/08        $451,103      $718,307
       President and Chief
       Executive Officer
   </TABLE>

     <F1>  Options were granted on August 12, 1998 at the average price of
   Marquette's common stock for the 20 business day period before the
   award, $10.38.  The options have a 10-year term.  The amounts included
   assume that the market price of the common stock underlying the option
   appreciates annually in value from the date of the grant to the end of
   the option term at a compounded rate of either 5 percent or 10 percent
   as indicated in the columns.  There can be no assurance that the
   common stock will appreciate annually at a compounded rate of 5
   percent or 10 percent.

        The following table shows information regarding the fiscal year
   end values of unexercised options under Marquette's stock option plan.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                             Number of Securities            Value of Unexercised In-the-
                                                             Underlying Unexercised          Money Options at
                                                             Options at Fiscal Year End      Fiscal Year End<1>
                                                             --------------------------      ----------------------------

                                Shares
                                acquired        Value
       Name                     on exercise     received      Exercisable    Unexercisable    Exercisable    Unexercisable
       -----                    -----------     --------      -----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
       <S>                      <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
       Richard A. Knisbeck            0              0             0            26,680             0               0
       President and Chief
       Executive Officer
   </TABLE>

     <1>  This amount represents the difference between the market value of
   one share of Marquette common stock on March 31, 1999, $7.50, and the



                                    -13-





   option exercise price, $10.38, multiplied by the total number of
   shares relating to exercisable or unexercisable options.

   SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENTS

        Marquette has entered into executive employee salary continuation
   agreements with each of Richard A. Knisbeck, President and Chief
   Executive Officer and current Chairman of the Board, Gary J. Szpara,
   Senior Vice President and Secretary, and Don M. Janke, a former
   officer of Marquette.  These agreements provide benefits upon
   retirement, death, disability or other termination of employment.
   Marquette commenced payments under Mr. Janke's agreement on April
   1,1991 under its terms.

        Under the terms of each agreement, the executives or their
   beneficiaries are entitled to receive annual payments from Marquette
   after retirement at age 65 or a reduced benefit if the executive
   elects early retirement at any time between age 60 and age 65.  If the
   executive terminates his employment because of a disability, his
   agreement continues and, if the executive dies while disabled and
   during the disability, the executive or his beneficiary will receive
   benefits under the agreement and is entitled to retirement benefits
   under the agreement at retirement or early retirement.  If the
   executive dies while employed or disabled, or before receiving
   payments for 180 months, or 120 months for Mr. Janke, the executive's
   beneficiaries are entitled to the death benefits under the agreement.

        Each agreement also provides for continuing benefits if the
   executive is terminated, other than for "just cause" - willful and
   continued failure to substantially perform his duties, other than as a
   result of physical or mental illness, after demand has been made,
   willful misconduct, criminal conviction involving the business or
   affairs of Marquette or a felony or removal from office by a
   regulatory agency.  In these instances, the executive, or his
   beneficiary, will receive a minimum of 180 monthly payments, or 120
   monthly payments for Mr. Janke, under the agreement.

        The estimated value of benefits to be derived under the
   agreements is being charged to the expense of Marquette over the
   normal retirement dates of the executives.  The amount expensed was
   approximately $67,956 in fiscal year 1999 and Marquette included
   approximately $457,857 in accrued expense at March 31,1999 to provide
   for future benefits under the agreements.  Some benefits under the
   agreements are intended to be funded from death benefits from life
   insurance policies owned by Marquette insuring the lives of the
   executives.  The cash surrender value of these policies of $1,724,762
   was recorded as an asset of Marquette at March 31, 1999.

   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

        Marquette has entered into employment agreements with Richard A.
   Knisbeck, President and Chief Executive Officer, Gary J. Szpara,

                                    -14-





   Senior Vice President and Secretary, Thomas X. Gatlin, Treasurer and
   Controller, each of which was effective as of January 21, 1998.  Each
   employment agreement provides that the individual will be employed for
   a three-year term.  This term may be extended for additional one-year
   periods by action of the board of directors taken on each successive
   anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement.  In
   January 1999, the board extended each employment agreement for an
   additional year.  Each of Messrs. Knisbeck, Szpara and Gatlin may
   terminate their employment agreements at any time upon 90 days prior
   written notice to the board of directors.  Under each employment
   agreement, the base annual salary for the executive may be increased
   from time to time during the term of the employment agreement in the
   sole discretion of the board, but the executive's salary shall not be
   reduced below the level then in effect.  In addition, the executive
   will be entitled to participate in incentive compensation plans or
   arrangements as may from time to time be established by Marquette on a
   basis consistent with the treatment of other executive officers of
   Marquette, but recognizing differences in responsibilities among
   executive officers.  The executive also shall be entitled to receive
   any other bonus or discretionary compensation payments as the board of
   directors may determine from time to time.  Under the employment
   agreements, each executive also will be provided other benefits,
   including medical, health, life and other insurance coverage, and will
   be entitled to participate in Marquette's retirement plans, as are
   generally made available to its other executive officers.  During his
   employment, each executive also will be entitled to customary
   vacations under vacation policies and practices of Marquette
   prevailing from time to time, and to reimbursement for reasonable
   expenses incurred on behalf of Marquette under its then prevailing
   policies and practices.

        The employment agreements with Messrs. Knisbeck and Szpara are
   coordinated with their salary continuation agreements as described
   above.  Each employment agreement provides for continuing benefits if
   the executive is terminated by Marquette other than for "cause," if
   the executive voluntarily terminates employment for "good reason," or
   if, within one year after a "change of control" of Marquette, the
   executive is terminated other than for cause, or if the executive
   terminates his employment for "good reason."  "Cause" and "good
   reason" are defined in the same manner as in the salary continuation
   agreements.  If the executive is terminated without cause, or if he
   terminates for good reason, he receives:

        *    all benefits due him under the salary continuation
             agreements,

        *    his unpaid base salary and pro-rated incentive compensation
             for the period of employment up to the date of termination,

        *    medical and other insurance coverage through the remaining
             term of the employment agreement,


                                    -15-





        *    any other benefit to which the executive is entitled by law
             or the specific terms of Marquette's policies in effect at
             the time of termination, and

        *    an amount equal to the product of Marquette's annual
             aggregate contribution for the benefit of the executive in
             the year preceding termination to all qualified retirement
             plans in which the executive participated, multiplied by
             three, calculated as if the executive's employment had not
             been terminated.

   If the executive is terminated by Marquette without cause or he
   terminates voluntarily with good reason within one year after a change
   of control, he will receive the benefits to which he is entitled under
   the salary continuation agreement and, for the purposes of all
   employee benefit plans, including health and life insurance and
   incentive, pension and retirement plans, he will be given service
   credit for and be deemed an employee of Marquette during the remaining
   term of the employment agreement.  If the aggregate payments and
   benefits under the employment agreements and the salary continuation
   agreements would constitute an "excess parachute payment" under
   Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code for either of Messrs.
   Knisbeck and Szpara, the executive may have a 20 percent excise tax on
   the "excess parachute payment" and Marquette would not be entitled to
   a tax deduction on this amount.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Gatlin provides for continuing
   benefits if he is terminated by Marquette, other than for "just
   cause," or if he voluntarily terminates the employment agreement for
   "good reason."  Under this employment agreement, "just cause" would
   include personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or
   breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit in the
   performance of his duties under the employment agreement, intentional
   and continued failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of
   any law, rule or regulation other than traffic violations or similar
   offenses, final cease-and-desist order or material breach of any
   provision of the employment agreement.  Under this employment
   agreement, "good reason" would be deemed to exist if the executive
   terminated his employment because, without his express written
   consent, Marquette breached any of the terms of the employment
   agreement.  If the executive is terminated within one year after a
   "change of control" of Marquette, other than for "just cause" or if
   the executive terminates his employment for "good reason," then
   Marquette will pay to the executive a lump sum equal to 2.99 times the
   "base amount," as that term is defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the
   Code, and will continue to provide coverage for the executive and his
   dependents, beneficiaries and estate under all employment benefit
   plans of Marquette for the remainder of the term of the employment
   agreement.  If payments and benefits under this employment agreement
   would constitute an "excess parachute payment" under Section 280G,
   then the payments and benefits will be reduced to one dollar less than


                                    -16-





   the maximum amount that Marquette may pay under Section 280G without
   losing its ability to deduct these payments for tax purposes.

        In general, for purposes of the employment agreements and the
   salary continuation agreements, a "change of control" will be deemed
   to occur when:

        *    Marquette stockholders approve a reorganization, merger or
             consolidation, except in particular instances when majority
             equity ownership interest would not change,

        *    a person or group of persons acting in concert acquires all
             or substantially all of the assets of Marquette or
             beneficial ownership of 20 percent or more of any class of
             equity security, including Marquette common stock,

        *    a liquidation of Marquette occurs, or

        *    any event which results in a change in control of the
             majority of the board of directors of Marquette occurs.

   DIRECTORS' FEES

        Directors of Marquette receive a fee of $1,200 per meeting
   attended or excused absence for their services as directors at 14
   regularly scheduled board meetings.  Board members attend up to two
   additional special meetings without compensation and then receive $250
   per meeting for attending any additional special meetings.  Committee
   members who are not employees of Marquette receive $200 for each
   committee meeting attended.

        On August 12, 1998, non-employee directors of Marquette each were
   granted 2,134 shares of common stock under Marquette's Management
   Development and Recognition Plan and each were granted 5,336 stock
   options to purchase Marquette common stock at an exercise price per
   share of $10.38.  Both the common stock grants and the stock option
   grants vest over a five-year period, commencing on the first
   anniversary of the grant date.  In addition, Richard A. Knisbeck, the
   Chairman of the Board, and the President and Chief Executive Officer,
   was granted 10,670 shares of common stock under the management
   recognition plan and was granted 26,680 stock options to purchase
   Marquette common stock at an exercise price per share of $10.38.

        Marquette directors may participate in Marquette's Director's
   Deferred Compensation Plan, and defer meeting fees under its terms.

                         MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

        At the record date, Marquette had _____________shares of common
   stock outstanding, of which  Marquette Financial held ______ shares.
   At the record date, there were approximately ______ holders of record
   of Marquette common stock.  There is no established market for

                                    -17-





   Marquette's common stock, excluding occasional quotations, although
   Marquette's common stock is quoted on the OTC electronic bulletin
   board under the symbol "MRQT."  The table below reflects the dividend
   payment frequency and the price range of the common stock of Marquette
   from the quarter ended March 31, 1998 to the quarter ended December
   31, 1999 and through ______ __, 2000.  Stock prices reflect inter-
   dealer prices, without retail markups, markdowns or commissions, and
   may not represent actual transactions.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                      Quarter Ended                         Dividend                  High                    Low
                      -------------                         --------                  ----                    ---
       <S>                                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
       _________ ___, 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . .                $0               $ __.__                $__.___
       December 31, 1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                 5.125                   4.875

       September 30, 1999  . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                 7.500                   6.250
       June 30, 1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                 7.500                   6.625
       March 31, 1999  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                 8.500                   7.500
       December 31, 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                10.000                   7.250

       September 30, 1998  . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                11.922                   8.000
       June 30, 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                14.250                  11.359
       March 31, 1998  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 0                15.000                  11.750
   </TABLE>

                               DIVIDEND POLICY

        Marquette has never paid any cash dividends on its capital stock.
   If Marquette were to pay cash dividends in the future, Marquette
   Financial could elect to waive the right to receive all dividends paid
   by Marquette.  OTS regulations would require Marquette Financial to
   notify the OTS of any proposed waiver of the right to receive
   dividends, and the right to waive any dividend would be conditioned
   upon non-objection by the OTS.

                                  BUSINESS

   LENDING ACTIVITIES

        COMPOSITION OF THE LOAN PORTFOLIO.  Marquette's historical
   lending strategy has focused primarily on the origination of
   residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family homes and
   multi-family properties.  During the past five years, Marquette has
   not actively pursued the origination of commercial business loans.
   The lending area is comprised principally of the Wisconsin counties of
   Milwaukee, Waukesha, Washington, Ozaukee and Racine, with the majority
   of its loans originated by customers from or secured by property
   located in these counties.

        The following table shows the composition of the loan portfolio
   by type of loan as of the dates indicated:



                                                             -18-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                            At March 31,
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1999                        1998                       1997
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                              Amount       Percent       Amount        Percent       Amount       Percent
                                              ------       -------       ------        -------       ------       -------
       <S>                                    <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
       Mortgage loans:
           One-to-four family<1>               $27,049         41.8%      $24,633         42.2%       $24,670         42.6%
           Multi-family                         26,703         41.3        22,559         38.7         23,018         39.8
           Commercial                            6,195          9.6         7,048         12.1          6,225         10.8
                                               -------        -----       -------        -----        -------       ------
           Total mortgage loans                 59,947         92.7        54,240         93.0         53,913         93.2
       Home equity and improvement               2,768          4.3         3,067          5.3          2,752          4.8
       loans

       Other loans                               1,981          3.1         1,015          1.7          1,210          2.0
                                               -------        -----       -------       ------        -------       ------
       Total loans                              64,696        100.0%       58,322        100.0%        57,875        100.0%
       Due to borrowers on construction
          loans                                 (1,728)                    (1,050)                     (1,022)
       Accrued interest income                     194                        158                         179
       Allowance for possible loan
          losses                                  (233)                      (223)                       (209)
                                              --------                    -------                     -------
       Total loans receivable, net             $62,930                    $57,207                     $56,823
                                              ========                    =======                     =======
   </TABLE>
     <F1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.

        ONE- TO FOUR-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL LENDING.  One of the primary
   lending activities of Marquette historically has been the extension of
   first mortgage residential loans to enable borrowers to purchase
   existing one- to four-family homes or to construct new one- to four-
   family homes located in the Milwaukee metropolitan area and Racine
   County.  This type of lending includes both loans secured by detached
   single-family residences and condominiums and loans secured by
   individually owned residences in attached housing containing not more
   than four separate dwelling units.  At March 31, 1999, $20.6 million
   or 31.8 percent, of Marquette's gross loan portfolio consisted of
   loans secured by single-family homes and $6.5 million, or 10.1
   percent, consisted of loans secured by two- to four-unit properties.
   Management believes that its policy of focusing on residential
   mortgage lending has been successful in contributing to interest
   income while keeping delinquencies and losses to a minimum.  At March
   31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, approximately $27.1 million, $24.6 million,
   and $24.7 million or 41.9 percent, 42.2 percent, and 42.6 percent of
   the gross loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by one- to four-
   family homes.  Management estimates that the average size of a new


                                    -19-





   single-family residential first-mortgage loan in its market area is
   approximately $130,000.  Virtually all of these first mortgage loans
   were secured by properties located in Milwaukee, Waukesha and Racine
   counties in Wisconsin.

        Because of the highly competitive mortgage market in which
   Marquette originates loans, Marquette offers a variety of mortgage
   products with a variety of interest rates, maturities, fees or other
   origination terms.  Of Marquette's one- to four-family mortgage loans
   outstanding at March 31, 1999, $10.2 million, or 37.8 percent, were
   fixed-rate loans, $15.6 million, or 57.6 percent, were adjustable-rate
   loans and $1.2 million, or 4.6 percent, were balloon loans.

        Marquette's fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are
   competitively priced based on market conditions and its cost of funds.
   At March 31, 1999, Marquette offered fixed-rate residential mortgage
   loans with terms of 10, 15 and 30 years.  To manage interest rate
   risk, Marquette may sell fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with
   amortizations greater than 10 years in the secondary market to private
   investors.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, originations of
   fixed-rate mortgage loans with amortizations greater than 10 years
   constituted all fixed-rate mortgage loans originated.

        Marquette offers ARMs with an initial adjustment period of one,
   two, three or five years, an additional one-year adjustment period,
   and maturities of up to 30 years.  Its current emphasis is on the
   three-year ARM.  Interest rates on ARMs currently offered are adjusted
   at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread
   above the National Monthly Median Costs of Funds.  ARMs generally have
   limitations on interest rate increases of 1.5 percent per adjustment
   period and an approximate aggregate adjustment of 6 percent over the
   life of the loan.

        The volume and types of ARMs originated by Marquette have been
   affected by market factors, including the level of interest rates,
   competition, consumer preferences and the availability of funds.  In
   general, consumers show a preference for ARMs in periods of high
   interest rates and for fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in
   periods of low interest rates.  During periods of falling interest
   rates, Marquette may experience refinancing activity from ARMs to
   fixed-rate residential mortgage loans.

        ARMs generally involve credit risks different from those inherent
   in fixed-rate mortgage loans, primarily because if interest rates
   rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, increasing the
   potential for default.  Management has attempted to minimize this risk
   by qualifying borrowers at the fully indexed rate of interest payable
   under the terms of the ARM at the time of the loan application.

        Marquette also offers loans that provide for balloon payments,
   commonly called balloon loans, under which the interest rate and
   monthly payments are fixed for the first three to ten years of the

                                    -20-





   mortgage loan and then the loan adjusts according to the ARM terms of
   its contractual note at the end of the third to tenth year, and then
   annually until the maturity date of the balloon note.  Typically,
   these balloon loans provide for a fifteen year term with an
   amortization period of up to 25 years.  Additionally, Marquette may
   provide shorter term balloon financing with similar features as the
   balloon type but the loan has a term of two or three years when the
   loan becomes due and payable in full.  Typically, shorter term balloon
   loans are reserved for subdivision construction loans in which
   interest only is paid until the due date.  All balloon loans are
   extendable or renewable at Marquette's discretion.

        Marquette continues to originate and retain ARM loans, and to a
   lesser extent, balloon loans.  Due to the changing rate environment,
   however, Marquette is retaining more fixed rate mortgage loans in its
   portfolio.  In an environment of stable interest rates, customer
   interest shifts from adjustable rate mortgage products to fixed rate
   products, with demand shifting to the 15 year term, and away from the
   30 year term.

        Residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten to Federal
   Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines.  The loan-to-value ratio
   for first mortgage residential loans made by Marquette is typically 80
   percent  to 95 percent.  If the loan-to-value ratio exceeds 80
   percent, Marquette requires private mortgage insurance to cover the
   excess over 80 percent.  If private mortgage insurance is obtained,
   the mortgage is limited to 95  percent of the appraised value.
   Marquette requires title insurance and hazard insurance coverage of
   the property securing any mortgage loan originated.  All of
   Marquette's mortgage loans contain due-on-sale clauses which provide
   that if the mortgagor sells, conveys or alienates any interest in the
   property underlying the mortgage note, Marquette has the right at its
   option to declare the note immediately due and payable without notice.
   Marquette's practice is to enforce due-on-sale clauses to the extent
   permitted by law.

        Marquette actively solicits construction loans on owner occupied
   one- to four-family residences.  Residential construction loans are
   underwritten simultaneously with the permanent first mortgage loan and
   terminate once the dwelling is completed.  Marquette makes
   construction loans primarily for the construction of owner-occupied
   single family dwellings.  Construction loans have a set term for
   construction of the dwelling and are converted automatically to long
   term mortgage loans when the dwelling is completed.  Construction
   loans are generally made with construction terms of nine months or
   less and with adjustable interest rates that are tied to a market
   index.  One loan of this type aggregating $567,000 was outstanding at
   March 31, 1999.  Loan to value ratios on construction loans generally
   do not exceed 90 percent at the time of origination as determined by
   an appraisal of the collateral as if the improvements were complete.



                                    -21-





        Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher
   degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending.  Marquette's
   risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy
   of the initial estimate of the property's value at completion of
   construction and the estimated cost, including interest, of
   construction.  If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate,
   Marquette may be confronted with, at or before the maturity of the
   loan, loan security with a value which is insufficient to assure full
   repayment.  In addition, construction lending entails the risk that
   the project may not be completed due to cost overruns or changes in
   market conditions.

        MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL LENDING.  At March 31, 1999, 1998 and
   1997, approximately $26.7 million, $22.6 million, and $23.0 million,
   or 41.4 percent, 38.7 percent, and 39.8 percent of Marquette's gross
   loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by multi-family residential
   real estate.  At March 31, 1999,  Marquette had a total of 90 multi-
   family loans, substantially all of which were secured by properties
   located within its market area.  Marquette's multi-family loans had an
   average principal balance of $297,000 at March 31, 1999, and the
   largest multi-family loan held in its portfolio had a principal
   balance of $1.3 million.  Multi-family loans are generally offered
   with adjustable rates tied to a market index.  The interest rates on
   these loans are adjustable annually, after an initial minimum one
   year, at periods for up to ten years, following origination during
   which a fixed interest rate applies.  Multi-family loans also may have
   balloon terms.  Under Marquette's current lending policies, multi-
   family real estate loans are generally limited to 80 percent of the
   appraised value of the property.

        In addition to originating multi-family loans, Marquette also
   purchases and sells participation interests in these loans.  Marquette
   only purchases participation interests in multi-family loans that meet
   its underwriting standards.  It believes that the purchase of these
   interests results in a greater diversification of its loan portfolio
   and overall lower credit risk.  Marquette also sells participation
   interests in multi-family loans which it has originated.  Its business
   strategy in selling these interests is to spread any credit risk
   associated with the loan among several institutions.  Often,
   participation interests are sold to permit Marquette to originate
   loans in excess of its loans-to-one borrower limit.

        Loans secured by multi-family real estate are generally larger
   and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family
   residential mortgage loans.  The increased credit risk is a result of
   several factors, including the concentration of principal in a smaller
   number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic
   conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty
   in evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.  Furthermore, the
   repayment of loans secured by multi-family properties is typically
   dependent upon the successful operation of the related property.  If
   the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability to

                                    -22-





   repay the loan may be impaired.  Marquette generally attempts to
   mitigate the risks associated with multi-family residential lending by
   lending only in its market area and lending only to individuals who
   have an established relationship with Marquette and/or substantial
   ties to the local community.  In addition, Marquette requires rent
   assignments and personal guarantees.

        COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LENDING.  In recent years, Marquette has
   originated commercial real estate loans on a limited basis.  For the
   years ended March 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, its commercial real estate
   loan originations were $319,000, $1,250,000, and $518,000.  At March
   31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, its commercial real estate loan portfolio
   amounted to $6.2 million, $7.0 million, and $6.2 million, or 9.6
   percent, 12.1 percent, and 10.8 percent of its gross loan portfolio as
   of those dates, consisting primarily of loans secured by office
   buildings, small warehouses and small industrial/manufacturing
   buildings.  At March 31, 1999, substantially all of Marquette's
   commercial real estate loans were secured by properties located within
   its market area, and in management's opinion, consisted primarily of
   seasoned loans.  Commercial real estate loans are generally offered
   with adjustable rates tied to a market index for terms of 10 to 25
   years, with adjustment periods from 1 to 7 years.

        Marquette's practice has been to underwrite these loans based
   primarily on its analysis of the amount of cash flow generated by the
   business in which the real estate is used and the resulting ability of
   the borrower to meet its payment obligations.  Although these loans
   are secured by a first mortgage on the underlying property, Marquette
   also generally seeks to obtain a personal guarantee of the loan by the
   owner of the business in which the property is used and/or the owner
   of the real estate, if not the same.  Generally, Marquette makes
   commercial real estate loans up to 75 percent of the appraised value
   of the property securing the loan.

        Marquette also purchases and sells participation interests in
   commercial real estate loans for the same reasons it engages in the
   practice regarding multi-family loans.  Commercial real estate loans,
   like multi-family loans, generally entail significant additional risks
   as compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage lending and
   carry larger loan balances.

        MULTI-FAMILY AND COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION AND LAND
   DEVELOPMENT LOANS.  Marquette provides construction loans secured by
   multi-family projects and commercial real estate and land development
   loans.  As of March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, Marquette had multi-
   family and commercial construction and land development loans totaling
   $319,000, $504,000, and $2,100,000 or 0.5 percent, 0.9 percent and 2.1
   percent of the gross loans.

        Construction loans secured by multi-family projects generally
   involve the construction of 8 to 30 unit apartment complexes.  The
   construction loans secured by commercial real estate properties

                                    -23-





   normally include office and small office warehouse/light industrial
   buildings.  Marquette will originate land development loans to local
   developers for development of the land.  Construction loans secured by
   multi-family projects or commercial real estate and land development
   loans typically are made to existing customers and involve developers
   and contractors known to Marquette.  Marquette also may purchase
   theses loans in the form of a participation interest from local
   financial institutions.  The multi-family and commercial real estate
   construction loans generally are originated as two to seven year ARM
   loans, whereas land development loans are generally originated as two
   or three year balloon loans, with the interest rate fixed for the loan
   term.

        Interest only payments are made during the construction period
   term, which is typically 9 to 18 months, depending on size and
   complexity of the project, for multi-family and commercial real estate
   construction loans.  Interest only is collected during the
   construction phase with amortization beginning when complete.  These
   loans may have balloon payments due in typically a 5 to 10 year term
   with amortization calculated on a 15 to 30 year basis.  Generally,
   these loans are made in amounts not exceeding 80 percent of an
   independent appraisal for multi-family or commercial real estate loans
   and 75 percent of independent appraisal for land development loans.
   Marquette generally engages a title insurance company to monitor
   draws, disbursements and inspections for these loans to ensure that
   work has progressed sufficiently to warrant disbursement of funds and
   proper lien waivers have been secured.  A Phase I environmental
   assessment before commitment is generally requested for multi-family
   and commercial real estate construction loans and land development
   loans.

        HOME EQUITY AND IMPROVEMENT LOANS.  Marquette originates loans
   secured by second liens on residential real estate.  At March 31,
   1999, 1998 and 1997 its portfolio of home equity and improvement loans
   totaled approximately $2.8 million, $3.1 million, and $2.8 million, or
   4.3 percent, 5.3 percent, and 4.8 percent of the gross loan portfolio.
   Home equity and improvement loans are generally offered as adjustable-
   rate "home equity lines of credit" or may also be offered as fully
   amortizing fixed-rate loans for terms up to 10 years.  The maximum
   total loan-to-value ratio, taking into account all liens on the
   property securing the loan, for second mortgage loans secured by one-
   to four-family residential properties, is 90 percent.  The net
   decrease in Marquette's home equity lines of credit was $299,000 for
   the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, and a net increase of $315,000,
   and $119,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.  The
   underwriting standards for home equity and improvement loans are
   substantially the same as those for residential mortgage loans.

        OTHER LENDING ACTIVITIES.  At March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997,
   approximately $2,000,000, $1,000,000, and $1,200,000, or 2.8 percent,
   1.7 percent, and 2.0 percent, of Marquette's gross loan portfolio
   consisted of loans secured by joint home and business, land

                                    -24-





   acquisition and development, unimproved land, savings accounts, motor
   vehicles, and commercial loans.

        LOAN SOLICITATION AND PROCESSING.  Marquette receives loan
   applications from a number of sources, including existing or past
   customers, residents of the communities located in the its primary
   market area, and prospective borrowers who have been referred by real
   estate brokers or builders.  Marquette's officers routinely provide
   real estate brokers with mortgage rate sheets and generally stay in
   contact with brokers regarding potential new residential mortgage
   loans.  In the past four years, Marquette has also employed a loan
   officer to call on individuals, brokers and other related
   professionals to obtain loans.  Marquette advertises its products and
   services in local newspapers circulated in its primary market area and
   solicits its present customer base through statement stuffers and from
   walk-in traffic through brochures and lobby signs.

        On receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective
   borrower, Marquette obtains a credit report from a credit reporting
   agency and, depending on the type of loan, verifies employment, income
   and other financial information received from the prospective borrower
   and requests additional financial information, if necessary.  For all
   of its one- to four-family mortgage loans, Marquette requires an
   internal estimate of value prepared by its officers for loans with low
   loan to value ratios or requires an appraisal of the real estate
   securing the loan conducted by an outside appraiser approved by the
   board of directors.  Marquette maintains a list of qualified
   appraisers approved by its board.  For loans other than one- to four-
   family mortgage loans in amounts of $75,000 or less secured by real
   estate, which would generally include home equity and improvement
   loans, Marquette only requires an internal estimate of value prepared
   by its officers.  Once this information and the appraisals are
   complete, the application is submitted for underwriting by designated
   staff.  The application, together with the underwriter's
   recommendations, is then forwarded for review and action to the
   appropriate loan officer or the loan committee of the board,
   depending on the size and nature of the loan.  The loan committee
   meets on a monthly basis.

        Normally, upon approval of a residential mortgage loan
   application, Marquette gives a commitment to the applicant that it
   will make the approved loan at a stipulated rate at any time within a
   30-day period from the date the application is approved.  The loan is
   typically funded at a rate of interest and on other terms based on
   market conditions as of the date of the commitment.

        LOAN ORIGINATIONS, PURCHASES AND SALES.  For the past five years,
   Marquette has not purchased whole loans originated by other financial
   institutions and has sold whole loans on a limited basis.  Its general
   policy is to retain for its portfolio all ARMs, balloon loans and one-
   to four-family fixed-rate mortgage loans with maturities of 10 years
   or less that it originates.  To manage interest rate risk, from time

                                    -25-





   to time, Marquette may sell one- to four-family fixed-rate mortgage
   loans with maturities over 10 years that it originates in the
   secondary market to private investors.  It generally does not retain
   the servicing rights on sold loans.

        During the past three years, Marquette has actively purchased
   participation interests in loans originated by other local financial
   institutions.  Collateral has included multi-family and commercial
   real estate.  The maximum interest that it will purchase under current
   policy is $1,500,000; however, the purchases generally do not exceed
   $1,000,000.  Marquette has also been active in the sale of
   participation interests in its multi-family and commercial real estate
   loans. It generally maintains at least a 25 percent interest in the
   underlying loan relative to the participation.  Marquette's strategy
   in selling participation interests is to spread any credit risk
   associated with the loan among several institutions, and, often,
   participation interests are sold to permit it to originate loans in
   excess of its loans-to-one borrower limit.

        The following table shows total loans originated, sold and repaid
   during the periods indicated.  Marquette did not convert any loans to
   mortgage-backed securities during these periods.































                                    -26-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                             For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
                                                                    -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1999                1998               1997
                                                                         ----                ----               ----
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                                               <C>                 <C>                <C>
       Total loans at beginning of period                                 $58,322            $57,875             $57,079

       Loans originated:
           Mortgage loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                                       12,560              6,954               5,201
               Multi-family                                                 7,782              4,281               4,527
               Commercial                                                     319              1,250                 518
                                                                          -------            -------             -------
               Total mortgage loans originated                             20,661             12,485              10,246

       Home equity and improvement loans                                      458                730               1,817
       Other loans                                                            294                224                  36
                                                                          -------            -------             -------
       Total loans originated                                              21,413             13,439              12,099

       Loans purchased:
           Mortgage loans:

               One-to-four-family<1>                                            -                  -                   -
               Multi-family                                                   400                  -                   -
               Commercial                                                       -                  -                 250
                                                                          -------            -------             -------
               Total mortgage loans originated                                400                  -                 250
       Home equity and improvement loans                                        -                  -                   -

       Other loans                                                              -                  -                   -
                                                                          -------            -------             -------
       Total loans purchased                                                  400                  -                 250

       Loans sold:
           Total whole loans sold                                           1,941              1,924               1,963
           Participation loans                                                  0                660               1,213

           Total other loans                                                    -                  -                   -
                                                                          -------            -------             -------
           Total loans sold                                                 1,941              2,584               3,176

       Loan principal repayments                                           13,498             10,378               8,377
                                                                          -------            -------             -------

       Net loan activity                                                    6,374                447                 796


       Total gross mortgage loans at the end of period                    $64,696            $58,322             $57,875
                                                                          =======            =======             =======
   </TABLE>
     <F1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.


                                    -27-





        CONTRACTUAL PRINCIPAL REPAYMENTS.  The following table indicates
   the scheduled contractual amortization of loans at March 31, 1999 and
   the dollar amount of the loans then that are scheduled to mature after
   one year that have fixed or adjustable interest rates.  Demand loans,
   loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no stated maturity
   and overdraft loans are reported as due in one year or less.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                         At March 31, 1999
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        One-to Four-
                                           Family      Multi-Family   Commercial    Home Equity
                                          Mortgage       Mortgage      Mortgage     and Improve-     Other         Total
                                            Loans         Loans          Loans       ment Loans      Loans         Loans
                                        ------------   ------------   ----------    ------------     -----         -----
      <S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
      Amounts due within one year             $2,279        $1,248           $362        $2,104        $1,107       $6,950


      Amounts due:
          After one year through three
              years                            2,054         2,563            809           265           201        5,892
          After three years through
              five years                       2,067         2,557            882           166           122        5,794
          After five years through ten
              years                            5,157         5,584          1,274           219           321       12,555
          After ten years through
              fifteen years                    6,050         6,442          1,930            12           178       14,612

          After fifteen years                  9,443         8,309            938             2            51       18,743
                                             -------       -------         ------        ------        ------      -------
      Total due after one year                24,771        25,455          5,833           664           873       57,596
                                             -------       -------         ------        ------        ------      -------
      Total amounts due, gross               $27,050       $26,703         $6,195        $2,768        $1,981      $64,696
                                             =======       =======         ======        ======        ======      =======

      Amounts due after one year:
          Fixed                               $9,705          $962         $1,603          $664          $263      $13,197

          Adjustable                          15,066        24,493          4,230             0           610       44,399
   </TABLE>

              As of March 31, 1999, the average remaining term to maturity of
   Marquette's residential mortgage loans was 212 months.  While most of
   its one- to four-family residential mortgage loan at March 31, 1999
   were originated with 30-year terms, the loans customarily remain
   outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often
   prepay their loans in full upon sale of the property securing the loan
   or upon refinancing the original loan.  Average loan maturity is a
   function of the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate
   market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on
   outstanding loans.  As a general rule, when interest rates decline,
   borrowers refinance their existing residential mortgage loans.

                                    -28-





        LOAN COMMITMENTS.  Normally, upon approval of a residential
   mortgage loan application, Marquette gives a written commitment to the
   applicant that it will make the approved loan at a stipulated rate at
   any time within a 30-day period from the date the application is
   approved if specified conditions are satisfied.  Marquette had
   outstanding loan commitments of approximately $552,000 at March 31,
   1999.  At March 31, 1999, it also had commitments under unused lines
   of credit, including home equity lines of credit, of $1,900,000.  In
   the opinion of management, these loan commitments, including
   undisbursed proceeds on loans in process, represent no more than
   normal lending risk and will be funded from normal sources.

        LOAN ORIGINATION AND OTHER FEES.  In addition to interest earned
   on loans, Marquette receives income through fees charged relating to
   loan modifications, late payments, prepayments, loan originations and
   miscellaneous services related to its loans.  The fees vary and depend
   on the supply of funds, the volume of loan originations and other
   competitive conditions in the mortgage market.

        Marquette does not charge origination fees regarding one- to
   four-family residential loans.  A one half to one point origination
   fee, however, is generally quoted on its non-owner occupied multi-
   family loans.  A "point" is equal to 1 percent of the principal amount
   of the loan.  The point structure offered may vary, depending upon the
   type of residential mortgage loan being made, the interest rate
   offered and other competitive factors.  A borrower is also required to
   reimburse Marquette for some out-of-pocket expenses incurred for
   processing and closing a loan, including the cost of independent
   appraisals, credit reports, title insurance, and private mortgage
   insurance.

        LOANS TO ONE BORROWER.  Marquette generally has the same loans-
   to-one borrower limits as national banks.  With some exceptions, loans
   and extensions of credit outstanding at one time to one borrower,
   including related entities, may not exceed 15 percent of the its
   unimpaired capital and surplus, plus 10 percent of unimpaired capital
   and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral.
   At March 31, 1999, its lending limit for loans to one borrower was
   approximately $3.0 million.  At March 31, 1999, its three largest
   outstanding loans to single borrowers consisted of multi-family loans
   in the amounts of $1,241,969, $1,138,160 and $1,050,119 secured by a
   77-unit apartment building on the near northside of Milwaukee,
   Wisconsin, a 67-unit apartment building located on the near north side
   of Milwaukee, Wisconsin and a 32-unit apartment building located in
   Watertown, Wisconsin.  Each loan was current as of that date and
   within the lending limit.

        DELINQUENCIES.  Marquette's collection procedures for delinquent
   loans include written notice of delinquency and contact by letter or
   telephone by its personnel.  Most loan delinquencies are cured within
   90 days and no legal action is taken.  Regarding residential mortgage
   loans and home equity and improvement loans, if the delinquency

                                    -29-





   exceeds 90 days, Marquette institutes measures to enforce its remedies
   resulting from the default, including mailing a 30 day notice of the
   commencement of a foreclosure action.  Marquette handles delinquencies
   involving its multi-family and commercial real estate loans on a case-
   by-case basis.

        Mortgage loan delinquencies at March 31, 1999, for loans 60 to 89
   days delinquent included five loans of less then $73,000 each, and
   those loans 90 to 179 days delinquent included one loan of $330,000.
   No loss on these loans is expected.

        At March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, delinquencies in the loan
   portfolio were as follows.  Marquette discontinues the accrual of
   interest on loans when the borrower is delinquent as to a
   contractually due principal or interest payment by 90 days or more.






































                                    -30-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                             At March 31, 1999
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        60-89 Days               90-179 Days           180 Days or More
                                                        ----------               -----------           ----------------
                                                    Number     Principal     Number     Principal     Number     Principal
                                                      of       Balance of      of        Balance        of        Balance
                                                    Loans        Loans        Loans     of Loans      Loans       of Loans
                                                    ------     ----------    ------     ---------     ------     ---------

                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
       Mortgage loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                       5         $257           3        $331            0           $0

               Multi-family                                2           13           -           -            0            0
               Commercial                                  -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                        ----         ----        ----       -----         ----         ----
               Total mortgage loans                        7          270           3         331            0            0
       Home equity and improvement loans                   -            -           -           -            -            -

       Other loans                                         -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                        ----         ----        ----       -----         ----         ----
       Total delinquent loans                              7         $270           3        $331            0           $0
                                                        ====         ====        ====       =====         ====         ====
       Total gross loans                                 807      $64,546

       Delinquent loans to gross loans                     9        0.93%


                                                                              At March 31, 1998
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        60-89 Days               90-179 Days           180 Days or More
                                                        ----------               -----------           ----------------
                                                    Number     Principal     Number     Principal     Number     Principal
                                                      of        Balance        of        Balance        of        Balance
                                                    Loans       of Loans      Loans     of Loans      Loans       of Loans
                                                    ------      --------      -----     --------      -----       --------

                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
       Mortgage loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                       3          $29           3        $141            4          $17

               Multi-family                                1            2           -           -            3            7
               Commercial                                  -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                       -----        -----       -----       -----        -----        -----
               Total mortgage loans                        4           31           3         141            7           24
       Home equity and improvement loans                   -            -           -           -            -            -

       Other loans                                         -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                       -----        -----       -----       -----        -----        -----
       Total delinquent loans                              4          $31           3        $141            7          $24
                                                       =====        =====       =====       =====        =====        =====
       Total gross loans                                 831      $58,322
       Delinquent loans to gross loans                    13        0.33%



                                                             -31-





                                                                              At March 31, 1997
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        60-89 Days               90-179 Days           180 Days or More
                                                        ----------               -----------           ----------------
                                                    Number     Principal                Principal     Number     Principal
                                                      of        Balance      Number      Balance        of        Balance
                                                    Loans       of Loans    of Loans    of Loans      Loans       of Loans
                                                    ------      --------    --------    --------      ------      --------

                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
       Mortgage loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                       1           $3           4        $221            -           $-

               Multi-family                                1          118           1          14            1           20
               Commercial                                  -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                       -----        -----       -----       -----        -----        -----
               Total mortgage loans                        2          121           5         235            1           20
       Home equity and improvement loans                   -            -           -           -            -            -

       Other loans                                         -            -           -           -            -            -
                                                       -----        -----       -----       -----        -----        -----
       Total delinquent loans                              2         $121           5        $235            1          $20
                                                       =====        =====       =====       =====        =====        =====
       Total gross loans                                 849      $57,875

       Delinquent loans to gross loans                     7        0.58%
   </TABLE>

     <1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.

        NON-PERFORMING ASSETS.  Non-performing assets include loans
   placed on non-accrual status, loans that are 90 or more days past due,
   troubled debt restructurings and real estate owned.  Marquette places
   loans that are 90 days or more past due on non-accrual status unless
   the loans are adequately collateralized and in the process of
   collection.  Accrual of interest on a non-accrual loan is resumed only
   when all contractually past due payments are brought current and
   management believes that the outstanding loan principal and
   contractually due interest are no longer doubtful of collection.  As
   of March 31, 1999, loans in the total amount of $331,000 had been
   placed on non-accrual status.  During the years ended March 31, 1999,
   1998 and 1997, the amounts of additional interest income that would
   have been recorded on non-accrual loans, had they been current,
   totaled $63, $63, and $616.  These amounts were not included in its
   interest income for the given periods.

        Property acquired as a result of a foreclosure, property upon
   which a judgment of foreclosure has been entered but for which no
   foreclosure sale has yet taken place and property which is in
   substance foreclosed are classified as foreclosed property or "real
   estate owned." Foreclosed properties are recorded at the lower of the
   unpaid principal balance of the related loan or fair market value.
   The amount by which the recorded loan balance exceeds the fair market
   value at the time the property is classified as foreclosed property is
   charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Any subsequent

                                    -32-





   reduction in the carrying value of a foreclosed property, along with
   expenses to maintain or dispose of a foreclosed property, is charged
   against current earnings.  At March 31, 1999, Marquette had no
   properties acquired as a result of foreclosures.

        The following table shows information regarding non-performing
   assets for the periods indicated.
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                 At March 31,
                                                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                                                      1999           1998          1997
                                                                                      ----           ----          ----
                                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
       Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:

           Mortgage Loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                                                   $331          $141           $221
               Multi-family                                                               -             -             14
               Commercial                                                                 -             -              -
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----
               Total mortgage loans                                                     331           141            235
       Home equity and improvement loans                                                  -             -              -

       Other loans                                                                        -             -              -
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----
       Total                                                                            331           141            235
       Accruing loans which are contractually
           past due 90  days or more:
           Mortgage Loans:
               One-to-four-family<1>                                                      -             -              -
               Multi-family                                                               -             -              -

               Commercial                                                                 -             -              -
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----
               Total mortgage loans                                                       -             -              -
       Home equity and improvement loans                                                  -             -              -
       Other loans                                                                        -             -              -
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----
       Total                                                                              -             -              -
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----

       Total of nonaccrual and accruing loans 90 days or more past due                  331           141            235
       Real estate owned                                                                  0           114             17
                                                                                       ----          ----           ----
       Total non-performing assets                                                     $331          $255           $252
                                                                                       ====          ====           ====

       Total non-performing assets to total assets                                    0.42%         0.33%          0.38%
   </TABLE>

     <F1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.



                                    -33-





        CLASSIFIED ASSETS.  OTS regulations and Marquette's policy
   require the review and classification its assets on a regular basis.
   In addition, for examinations of insured institutions, regulatory
   examiners have the authority to identify problem assets and, if
   appropriate, require them to be classified.  Marquette reviews and
   classifies its assets at least quarterly.  Problem assets are
   classified as substandard, doubtful or loss.  Substandard assets must
   have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the
   distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some
   loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Doubtful assets have the
   weaknesses of substandard assets, with the additional characteristic
   that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the
   basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values,
   questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss.  An asset
   classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of so little value
   that continued treatment of the asset as an asset on the books of the
   institution is not warranted.  Marquette establishes general
   allowances for loan losses for assets classified as substandard or
   doubtful and either charges off assets classified as loss or
   establishes a specific allowance for all of the portion of the asset
   classified as loss.  As of March 31, 1999, Marquette's classified
   assets totaled $353,000, or .44 percent, of total assets and 1.76
   percent of tangible capital, all of which were classified as
   substandard.

        ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  The determination of the allocation
   of the allowance for loan losses is based upon an analysis of the loan
   portfolio, including past loan loss experience, known and inherent
   risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the
   borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying
   collateral, and current economic conditions.  In addition to the
   general valuation allowances, Marquette may establish specific loss
   reserves against specific assets against which a loss may be realized.

        Marquette's management evaluates the amount of its allowance for
   loan losses at least quarterly. This evaluation includes a review of
   all loans for which full collectibility may not be reasonably assured.
   Its determination as to its classification of assets and the amount of
   its specific and general valuation allowances may be reviewed by the
   OTS and the WDFI, which can require the establishment of additional
   general or specific loan loss allowances.  Provisions for losses are
   charged against earnings in the year they are established and added to
   the allowance.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance.

        Marquette established provisions for loan losses for the years
   ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, of $14,000, 16,000, and $8,000.
   At March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, Marquette had an allowance for loan
   losses of $233,000, $223,000, and $209,000, .36 percent, .38 percent,
   and .36 percent of gross loans, and 70.39 percent, 87.45 percent, and
   82.94 percent of total non-performing assets.  Management believes
   that the loan loss reserves were adequate at March 31, 1999.  There
   can be no assurance, however, that the allowance for loan losses will

                                    -34-





   be adequate to cover losses which may be realized in the future and
   that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required.  Any
   material increase in reserves or material loss for which an adequate
   reserve has not been established may adversely affect Marquette's
   financial condition and earnings.

        The following table is an analysis of Marquette's gross allowance
   for possible loan losses for the periods indicated.  Where specific
   loan loss reserves have been established, any difference between the
   loss reserve and the amount of loss realized has been charged off or
   credited to current income.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      At March 31,
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------------

                                                                1999         1998         1997         1996         1995
                                                                ----         ----         ----         ----         ----
                                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
       Allowance at beginning of period                            $223         $209         $209         $206         $199
       Provision for loan losses                                     15           16            8            6            7
       Charge-offs:
          One-to-four-family mortgage loans <1>                       5            2            8            3            -
                                                                   ----         ----         ----         ----         ----

       Balance at end of period                                    $233         $223         $209         $209         $206
                                                                   ====         ====         ====         ====         ====
       Ratio of allowance to total loans outstanding
               at the end of the period                           0.36%        0.38%        0.36%        0.37%        0.37%
       Ratio of net charge offs to average loans
               outstanding during the period                      0.01%            *        0.01%        0.01%            *
       Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing
               assets                                            70.39%       87.45%       82.94%       49.06%       38.29%
   </TABLE>
     <1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.

   * Insignificant.

        The following table shows the breakdown of the allowance for loan
   losses by loan category for the periods indicated.











                                    -35-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                               At March 31,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999                           1998                           1997
                                                    ----                           ----                           ----

                                                    Loan                           Loan                           Loan
                                        Amount of  Amounts    % of    Amount of   Amounts    % of    Amount of   Amounts    % of
                                        Loan Loss    by       Total   Loan Loss     by       Total   Loan Loss     by      Total
                                        Allowance Category    Loans   Allowance  Category    Loans   Allowance  Category   Loans
                                        --------- --------   ------   ---------  --------   ------   ---------  --------   ------
                 <S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
                 Mortgage loans:
                         One-to-four-         $63   $27,049     41.8%       $39   $24,633    42.2%       $58    $24,670     42.6%
                         family<1>


                         Multi-family          80    26,703     41.3         68    22,559    38.7         65     23,018     39.8
                         Commercial            37     6,195      9.6         37     7,048    12.1         14      6,225     10.8
                 Home equity and                7     2,768      4.3          8     3,067     5.3          7      2,752      4.8
                         improvement
                         loans

                 Other loans                    -     1,981      3.0          -     1,015     1.6          -      1,210      2.0
                 Unallocated                   46         -        -         71         -       -         65          -        -
                                             ----   -------    -----       ----   -------   -----       ----    -------    -----
                 Total allowance for         $233   $64,546    100.0%      $223   $58,322   100.0%      $209    $57,875    100.0%
                 loan losses
   </TABLE>

     <F1>  Includes construction loans converted to permanent loans.

   INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

        GENERAL.  Marquette is authorized to invest in obligations issued
   or fully guaranteed by the United States, federal agency obligations,
   time deposits, savings accounts, or other accounts of any institution
   the accounts of which are insured by the FDIC, investment grade
   corporate obligations and other specified investments.  The investment
   activities consist primarily of investments in U.S. Treasury
   obligations, securities of various federal agencies and investment
   grade corporate debt instruments.  During periods of interest rate
   uncertainty, excess funds are generally invested in federal funds.

        Marquette purchases investment securities under an investment
   policy established by and under the supervision of the board of
   directors.  The objectives of the investment policy are to provide and
   maintain required liquidity and generate a favorable return on
   investments without incurring undue interest rate or credit risk.  Its
   asset/liability management committee is responsible for implementing
   the investment policy, and its Chief Executive Officer is responsible
   for managing the securities portfolio.




                                    -36-





        Marquette does not currently engage in the purchase or sale of
   futures, options, interest rate swaps, floors or caps or other
   derivatives or securities with the purpose of hedging interest rate
   risk.

        OTS guidelines regarding investment portfolio policy and
   generally accepted accounting principles require Marquette to
   categorize its investment securities and other assets as "held-to-
   maturity," "trading" or "available-for-sale."  At March 31, 1999, all
   of the its securities were classified as held-to-maturity and were
   reported at historical cost.

        COMPOSITION OF MARQUETTE'S INVESTMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO.  The
   following table shows Marquette's investment securities portfolio at
   carrying and market values at the dates indicated.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                    At March 31
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1999                              1998                               1997
                                      -----                            ------                              ----
                                     Percent                           Percent                           Percent
                        Carrying       of       Market    Carrying       of        Market    Carrying       of       Market
                          Value     Portfolio    Value     Value      Portfolio    Value      Value     Portfolio     Value
                        --------    ---------   ------    --------    ---------    ------    --------   ---------    ------
                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>              <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>
       Fixed
       Maturities:
       U.S.
         Government
         and other
         agency
         obligations       $6,498       68.5%    $6,495     $4,507        69.3%    $4,507      $1,500        76.8%    $1,496

       All other
         corporate
         bonds              2,529       26.6      2,535      1,539         23.7     1,525           -            -         -
                           ------       ----      -----      -----         ----     -----       -----        -----     -----
       Total fixed                                                                  6,032       1,500         76.8     1,496
         maturities         9,027       95.1      9,030      6,046         93.0
       Federal Home
         Loan Bank
         stock                466        4.9        466        456          7.0       456         453         23.2
                           ------       ----      -----      -----         ----     -----       -----        -----       453
                                                                                                                      ------

       Total               $9,493      100.0%    $9,496     $6,502         100%    $6,488      $1,953       100.0%    $1,949
                           ======      ======    ======     ======         ====    ======      ======       ======    ======
   </TABLE>




                                                                  -37-





        The following table indicates the maturities and weighted average
   yields of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 1999.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                At March 31, 1999
                      ____________________________________________________________________
                        Less Than One    One to Five        Five to Ten
                             Year           Years              Years       Over Ten Years          Investment Securities Totals
                      ----------------   -------------  ---------------   ----------------         -------------------------------
                                                                                                               Approx-
                      Carry-  Weighted  Carry-  Weighted  Carry  Weighted   Carry-  Weighted          Carry-    imate     Weighted
                       ing    Average    ing     Average   -ing   Average    ing    Average             ing     Market     Average
                      Value    Yield    Value     Yield   Value    Yield    Value    Yield             Value    Value       Yield
                      ------  -------   -----    -------  -----   -------   ------  --------          ------   -------    --------
      <S>             <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>               <C>      <C>        <C>
      Fixed
      maturities:
      U.S.
        Government
        and
        other
        agency
        obligations   $2,004      6.1%  $4,495       6.0%     -          -       -         -    1.9    $6,498    $6,495        6.0%

      All other
        corporate
        bonds          1,000      5.7    1,529       6.4      -          -       -         -    1.8     2,529     2,535        6.1
                      ------     ----   ------      ----  -----      -----   -----    ------  -----    ------    ------     ------
      Total fixed      3,004      6.0    6,024       6.1                                        1.9%    9,027     9,030        6.3
      Federal Home
        Loan Bank
        stock              -        -        -         -      -          -     466      6.3%      -       466       466        6.3
                      ------    -----    -----     -----  -----     ------   -----    -----   -----    ------    ------     ------

      Total           $3,004      6.0%  $6,024       6.1%     -          -    $466      6.3%    1.9%   $9,493    $9,496        6.1%
                      ======    =====   ======     =====  -----     ------   =====    =====   =====    ======    ======     ======
   </TABLE>

   DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

        GENERAL.  Marquette's primary sources of funds for use in lending
   and investing and for other general purposes are deposits and proceeds
   from principal and interest payments on loans and investment
   securities, and, to a lesser extent, FHLB advances.  Contractual loan
   repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit
   inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced
   by general interest rates and money market conditions.  Borrowings may
   be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the
   availability of funds from other sources, or on a longer term basis
   for general operational purposes.





                                    -38-





        The following table shows deposit activities for the periods
   indicated.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                   At or For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                         1999                   1998                   1997
                                                                         ----                   ----                   ----
       <S>                                                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
       Total deposits at beginning of period                          $54,402                $53,012                $50,725
       Net deposits (withdrawals)                                        (408)                (1,309)                  (104)

       Interest credited on deposits                                    2,671                  2,699                  2,391
       Net increase (decrease) in savings deposits                      2,263                  1,390                  2,287
                                                                      -------                -------                 ------
       Total deposits at end of period                                $56,665                $54,402                $53,012
                                                                      =======                =======                =======
   </TABLE>

              DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.  Marquette attracts deposits within its primary
   market area by offering a variety of deposit accounts, including non-
   interest bearing checking accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal
   accounts, passbook savings accounts and certificates of deposit which
   range in maturity from three months to five years.  Deposit terms vary
   according to the minimum balance required, the length of time the
   funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.  The flow of
   deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions,
   changes in money market and prevailing interest rates, and
   competition.  Management generally reviews on a weekly basis the
   interest rates set for its deposit accounts.

        Marquette relies on customer service and long-standing
   relationships with customers to attract and retain deposits.  It
   competes for deposits with other institutions in its market area by
   offering deposit instruments that are competitively priced and by
   providing customer service through convenient and attractive offices,
   knowledgeable and efficient staff and hours of service that meet
   customers' needs.  Marquette does not currently solicit or accept
   brokered deposits.

        The following table shows the distribution of deposit accounts at
   the dates indicated and the weighted average nominal rates on each
   category of deposits presented.











                                    -39-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                           At March 31
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1999                              1998                             1997
                                             ----                              ----                             ----
                                                      Weighted                          Weighted                         Weighted
                                           Percent     Average               Percent    Average               Percent     Average
                                           of Total    Nominal              of Total    Nominal               of Total    Nominal
                                Balance    Deposits     Rate      Balance   Deposits      Rate     Balance    Deposits     Rate
                                -------    --------   --------    -------   --------    --------   -------    --------   --------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
    <S>                         <S>        <S>        <S>         <S>       <S>         <S>        <S>        <S>        <S>
    Demand accounts:
           Non-interest
           bearing              $1,584         2.8         N/A    $1,648        3.0%    N/A        $1,364        2.6%     N/A
           NOW accounts          1,937         3.5       1.74%     1,940        5.1    2.00%        2,288        4.3     2.02%
           Money market
           accounts              4,276         7.5       4.22      2,052        2.3    4.32         2,459        4.6     3.66
           Regular savings
           account              11,634        20.5       2.96     12,262       22.5    3.00        11,631       22.0     3.05
                               -------       -----                ------      -----                ------       ----
    Total demand accounts       19,431        34.3                17,902       33.0                17,742       33.5

    Certificates of deposit
    accounts:
           Less than 13
           months               30,469        53.8       5.29     26,982        49.6   5.81        28,905       54.5     5.15
           13 to 36 months       4,772         8.4       5.25      8,436        15.5   5.76         5,710       10.8     5.65
           37 to 60 months       1,993         3.5       5.72      1,082         2.0   5.73           656        1.2     5.72
    Total Certificates of
    deposit                     37,234        65.7                36,500        67.1               35,270       66.5
                               -------      ------               -------      ------              -------      ------
    Total deposit accounts<1>  $56,665      100.0%               $54,402      100.0%              $53,012      100.0%
                               =======      ======               =======      ======              =======      ======
   </TABLE>

     <F1>  Includes accrued interest.

        The following table indicates the amount of certificates of
   deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of
   March 31, 1999.

                                      Certificates of Deposit
        Maturity Period               -----------------------
        -----------------------       (Dollars in Thousands)
        Three months or less               $1,252
        Three through six months              777
        Six through twelve months           1,604
        Over twelve months                  1,219
                                           ------
        Total                              $4,852
                                           ======



                                    -40-





        The following table shows, by various rate categories, the total
   amount of certificate of deposit accounts outstanding as of the dates
   indicated.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                    At March 31
                                                          ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1999                   1998                   1997
                                                                 ----                   ----                   ----
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
       Below 5.0%                                                  $9,073                   $397                   $608

       5.00 - 6.00%                                                26,918                 26,222                 28,760
       6.01 - 7.00%                                                 1,243                  9,881                  5,902
   </TABLE>

              The following table includes the amount and maturities of
   certificates of deposit at March 31, 1999.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                             Amount Due
                                           Less Than              13 to 36             More Than
                                           13 Months               Months              36 Months               Total
                                           ---------             ---------             ---------               -----
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                 <C>                   <C>                   <C>                     <C>
       Below 5.00%                             $7,581                $1,492                    $0                $9,073

       5.00 - 6.00%                            22,140                 3,023                 1,755                26,918
       6.01 - 7.00%                               748                   257                   238                 1,243
   </TABLE>

        BORROWINGS.  Marquette is a member of the FHLB of Chicago, which
   functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for savings and
   loan associations and other member financial institutions.  As a
   member, Marquette is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of
   Chicago and is authorized to apply for advances on the security of
   this stock and some of its mortgage-based loans and other assets if
   standards relating to creditworthiness have been met.  Advances are
   made under several different programs, each of which has its own
   interest rate and range of maturities.  Depending on the program,
   limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed
   percentage of an institution's assets or on the FHLB's assessment of
   the institution's creditworthiness.  The FHLB of Chicago determines
   specific lines of credit for each member institution.

        The following tables show information regarding short-term
   borrowings at the end of and during the periods indicated.










                                    -41-





   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                    At March 31
                                                          ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1999                   1998                   1997
                                                                 ----                   ----                   ----
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
       <S>                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
       Amount outstanding regarding:
          FHLB advances                                           $5                     $8                    $11

       Weighted average rate paid on:
          FHLB advances                                         6.70%                  6.70%                  6.70%


                                                                         For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31
                                                          ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1999                   1998                   1997
                                                                 ----                   ----                   ----
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
       Maximum amount of borrowings
          outstanding at any month end:
          FHLB advances                                           $8                    $11                    $14
       Approximate average short-term
          borrowings outstanding with
          respect to:
          FHLB advances                                           5                      8                      11
       Approximate weighted average rate
          paid on:<1>
          FHLB advances                                         6.70%                  6.70%                  6.70%
   </TABLE>

     <F1>  Computed using the weighted rates of each individual
   transaction.

   SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

        Marquette owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Marquette
   Financial Services, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.  MFS holds
   Marquette's interest in a joint venture entered into in 1989 with a
   local developer for the development and management of residential real
   estate in the Milwaukee area.  At March 31, 1999, the joint venture's
   sole investment was in Hunter's Ridge Apartments, a 130 unit apartment
   complex located in Pewaukee, Wisconsin, approximately 15 miles west of
   Milwaukee.  Marquette and the developer share equally in the profits
   and losses of the joint venture; however, distributions from the joint
   venture are not made on an equal basis, which results in the joint
   venture partners having equity balances which differ substantially
   from each partner's ownership interest in the joint venture's profits
   and losses.   At March 31, 1999, Marquette's investment in the joint
   venture was $559,000.  The joint venture has made no new investments
   in the past three years and none are currently under consideration.
   Marquette has no other subsidiaries.



                                    -42-





   COMPETITION

        Marquette has been, and intends to continue to be, a community-
   oriented savings institution offering a wide variety of financial
   services to meet the needs of the communities it serves.  It is
   headquartered in West Allis, Wisconsin, in the Milwaukee metropolitan
   area.  It currently operates out of its main office and two branch
   offices located in Milwaukee and one branch office located in Union
   Grove, Wisconsin.  Union Grove is approximately 25 miles south of
   Milwaukee.  Its deposit and lending area is concentrated in the
   Wisconsin counties of Milwaukee, Waukesha, Washington, Ozaukee and
   Racine.

        Marquette faces intense competition both in making loans and in
   attracting deposits.  Its market area has a large number of financial
   institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, name
   recognition and market presence than Marquette, and all of which are
   competitors to varying degrees.  Particularly intense competition
   exists for deposits and in all of the lending activities engaged in by
   Marquette.  Its competition for loans comes principally from
   commercial banks, other savings and loan associations, savings banks,
   mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, finance companies and
   credit unions.  No assurances can be made that it will be able to
   maintain its current level of loans.  Marquette's most direct
   competition for deposits historically has come from other savings and
   loan associations, commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions.
   In addition, it faces increasing competition for deposits from non-
   bank institutions, including brokerage firms and insurance companies
   in money market funds, other mutual funds, and annuities.  Trends
   toward the consolidation of the banking industry and the lifting of
   interstate banking and branching restrictions may make it more
   difficult for smaller institutions, like Marquette, to compete
   effectively with large, national and regional banking institutions.

        On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law the
   Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which modernizes the laws governing the
   financial services industry.  See "Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act."  This Act
   eliminates many federal and state law barriers to affiliations among
   banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial
   service providers.  This Act is likely to result in an increase in the
   number of large financial service conglomerates providing banking,
   insurance and securities products through one organization.  This may
   further increase competition for the types of products and services
   offered by Marquette.

        Smaller institutions like Marquette will be forced either to
   compete with larger institutions on pricing of products and services,
   or to identify and operate in a "niche" that will allow for operating
   margins to be maintained at profitable levels.  As a locally-based
   financial institution, Marquette's strategy has been to position
   itself as a community-oriented financial institution that provides
   high quality products and personalized services to meet the retail

                                    -43-





   banking needs of its local customer base.  Marquette is managed with
   an intense focus on meeting the personal service needs of its
   customers.  This strategy is designed to identify a niche in its
   market where it can effectively compete against much larger
   institutions.

   EMPLOYEES

        As of March 31, 1999, Marquette had a total of 20 full-time and 8
   part-time employees.  Its employees are not represented by a union or
   collective bargaining group.  Marquette considers its relationship
   with employees to be satisfactory.

   FACILITIES

        Marquette conducts its business through four full-service
   offices.  It owns these offices in fee and they are unencumbered.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                               Date              Net Book Value at
                                                                              Opened              March 31, 1999
                                                                             -------             -----------------
                                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
                           <S>                                               <C>                 <C>
                           MAIN OFFICE
                           10533 West National Avenue
                           West Allis, Wisconsin 53227                         1971                          $612
                           BRANCH OFFICES
                           2539 West Greenfield<1>
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204                          1947                           $56

                           10600 West Silver Spring Drive
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53225                          1981                          $192

                           1101 Main Street
                           Union Grove, Wisconsin 53182                        1974                          $295
   </TABLE>

    ______________________

   <F1> In 1971, Marquette moved its main office from this location to
        its present location in West Allis.

   LEGAL MATTERS

        Marquette is, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings
   arising in the ordinary course of its business, including legal
   proceedings to enforce its rights against borrowers.  It is not
   currently a party to any legal proceedings which could reasonably be
   expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition
   or operations of Marquette.



                                    -44-





   REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

        Marquette is chartered as a Wisconsin capital stock savings and
   loan association under Chapter 215 of the Wisconsin Statutes, and is
   regulated by the WDFI.  In addition, as a state-chartered savings
   association, Marquette also is regulated by the OTS.  It is a member
   of the FHLB System, and its deposit accounts are insured up to legal
   limits by the FDIC under the SAIF.  Marquette derives its powers from
   the State of Wisconsin, and the WDFI has the authority to regulate its
   activities and supervise its financial condition.  In addition,
   Marquette must comply with applicable federal law and OTS regulations
   governing all savings associations.  As Marquette's primary federal
   regulator, the OTS is charged with overseeing and regulating
   Marquette's activities and monitoring its financial condition.  This
   regulatory framework sets parameters for its activities and operations
   and grants the WDFI and the OTS extensive discretion regarding their
   supervisory and enforcement powers and examination policies.
   Marquette files periodic reports with the WDFI and the OTS concerning
   its activities and financial condition, must obtain WDFI approval
   before entering into some transactions or initiating new activities,
   and may be periodically examined by the WDFI and the OTS to evaluate
   Marquette's compliance with various regulatory requirements.

        Marquette Financial is a federally-chartered mutual holding
   company under the Home Owners' Loan Act.  The OTS has exclusive
   jurisdiction over Marquette Financial's operations.  As part of this
   supervision, Marquette Financial is required to file reports with, and
   may be periodically examined by, the OTS.

   WISCONSIN SAVINGS ASSOCIATION REGULATION

        AUTHORITY OF THE WDFI.  The WDFI has the authority to restrict or
   prohibit any investment or activity of a Wisconsin-chartered savings
   association upon determining that an investment activity threatens or
   may threaten the safety and soundness of the institution.  The WDFI
   also may require an institution to correct any violation by it or by
   any of its subsidiaries if the association or subsidiaries are found
   to violate any statute, rule or directive of the WDFI.  The WDFI may
   require corrective action when it determines that an association's
   lending practices or procedures are imprudent, even though individual
   loans may comply with applicable statutes and rules.  Moreover, an
   association can be required by the WDFI to maintain a higher liquidity
   level than the requirements of the federal banking regulators or to
   establish additional loan loss reserves.

        BRANCHING.  Upon the approval of the WDFI, a Wisconsin-chartered
   savings association may establish and maintain one or more branch
   offices anywhere in Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky,
   Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri and Ohio.  In the WDFI's approval of the
   branch location, the WDFI may limit the powers of the branch.



                                    -45-





        LENDING AND INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.  Wisconsin-chartered savings
   associations may originate loans secured by residential and commercial
   properties, vacant land, with limitations, and savings accounts, and
   may originate property improvement and consumer loans.  Wisconsin
   associations may invest in, sell, purchase, participate or otherwise
   deal in mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans without
   geographic restrictions.  Mortgage loans originated by a Wisconsin-
   chartered association may not exceed a 90 percent loan-to-value ratio,
   unless the part of the loan that exceeds 90 percent of the value is
   insured or guaranteed by a mortgage insurance company or a government
   agency or the loan is secured by various cash-equivalent instruments.

        Wisconsin-chartered savings associations may invest in, sell,
   purchase, participate in, make or otherwise deal in consumer loans.
   This authority includes issuing credit cards, extending credit
   regarding credit cards and otherwise engaging in or participating in
   credit card operations.  A savings association also may make loans for
   the payment of education expenses and mobile home loans on mobile
   homes to be used as the borrower's residence.

        A Wisconsin-chartered savings association may invest in, sell,
   purchase, participate in, make or otherwise deal in commercial loans.
   Commercial loans may include consumer-related loans made to dealers in
   consumer goods to finance inventory, including floor planning loans,
   as well as commercial leases for commercial, corporate, business and
   agricultural purposes.  Commercial lending is limited to 10 percent of
   a Wisconsin association's assets, unless the WDFI authorizes a greater
   amount.

        A Wisconsin-chartered savings association may invest in real
   estate upon the approval of the WDFI.  Authorized real estate
   investments include advancing funds for the purchase, development and
   operation of real estate, making partnership and joint venture capital
   contributions, originating mortgage loans, commercial loans, loan
   guarantees and letters of credit related to underlying real estate in
   which the association has invested and assuming obligations for direct
   or contingent payment of debt relating to real estate projects.
   Wisconsin associations also may invest in real estate development
   loans; however, the terms of these loans may generally not exceed five
   years.

        SUBSIDIARY INVESTMENTS.   A Wisconsin-chartered savings
   association can invest in subsidiaries under broad authority for
   securities investments generally under the Wisconsin Statutes;
   however, the investment must be preapproved by the WDFI.  Moreover,
   the subsidiary must agree to restrict its activities to those
   authorized in writing by the WDFI.  An association may make an
   investment in a subsidiary in which it has less than a majority and
   controlling interest only if the WDFI gives prior written approval.
   When the WDFI considers approving an application to invest in a
   subsidiary, it is required by regulation to assess:


                                    -46-





        *    the effect on the safety and soundness of the association,

        *    the compliance with applicable Wisconsin statutes and
             regulations,

        *    the anticipated benefit to the association and its
             depositors and other customers, and

        *    the managerial capabilities and expertise of the personnel
             of the association and its subsidiaries.

        SALE OF UNINSURED FINANCIAL PRODUCTS.  A Wisconsin-chartered
   savings association may sell, either directly or through a subsidiary,
   insurance products, including annuities and life, credit-life, health,
   property and casualty, unemployment compensation and mortgage guaranty
   insurance, equity securities, including preferred and common stock,
   and interests in mutual funds, as agents for the accounts of
   customers, real estate investment trust interests, corporate and
   municipal bonds and shares in uninsured brokered deposits if
   regulatory requirements are met.

        CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.  Wisconsin-chartered savings associations
   are required by regulation to maintain a net worth ratio in an amount
   not less than 6 percent of total assets.  Net worth in a stock
   association means the aggregate of capital stock, additional paid-in
   capital, retained earnings and other accounts designated as components
   of net worth by the WDFI, determined according to generally accepted
   accounting principles or an accounting standard or practice approved
   by the WDFI.  The WDFI may require an association to maintain a net
   worth ratio higher than 6 percent  if it determines that the nature of
   the association's operations otherwise entails a risk requiring a
   greater net worth ratio to assure the association's stability.  If an
   association's net worth ratio falls below 6 percent, the WDFI may
   direct the association to adhere to a specific written plan
   established by the WDFI to correct the association's net worth ratio
   deficiency.  In addition to any other provisions, the plan may:

        *    require the association to maintain an increased level of
             liquidity specified by the WDFI,

        *    require the association to cease or limit specified
             expenditures,

        *    prevent the association from originating or purchasing loans
             of one or more types,

        *    prevent the association from making specified investments,

        *    prevent the association from filing applications for branch
             offices,



                                    -47-





        *    prevent the association from opening customer savings
             accounts of any specified class, category or amount, or any
             specified interest rate, and

        *    prevent the association from accepting additions to existing
             savings accounts, except under conditions as may be
             specified by the WDFI.

        WISCONSIN CAPITAL DISTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.  The WDFI has
   promulgated regulations that establish net worth to total assets
   requirements.  Unless a Wisconsin savings association receives the
   WDFI's prior written approval, it may not pay a dividend or otherwise
   distribute any profits when its net worth ratio is, or upon payment or
   distribution would be, below the WDFI's net worth requirements.

   FEDERAL REGULATORY OVERSIGHT

        BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.  The activities of savings associations are
   governed by the HOLA, and, in some respects, the Federal Deposit
   Insurance Act.  The HOLA and the FDI Act were amended by the Financial
   Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 and the
   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.  FIRREA
   was enacted for the purpose of resolving problem savings associations,
   establishing a new thrift insurance fund, reorganizing the regulatory
   structure applicable to savings associations, and imposing bank-like
   standards on savings associations.  FDICIA requires that federal
   banking regulators intervene promptly when a depository institution
   experiences financial difficulties, mandates the establishment of a
   risk-based deposit insurance assessment system and requires imposition
   of numerous additional safety and soundness operational standards and
   restrictions.   FIRREA and FDICIA both contain provisions affecting
   numerous aspects of the operations and regulations of federally-
   insured savings associations and empower the OTS and the FDIC to
   promulgate regulations implementing their provisions.

        QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST.  In September 1996, the Economic
   Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 became law.  In
   the past, savings associations were required to satisfy a qualified
   thrift lender test by maintaining 65 percent of their portfolio
   assets, all assets minus intangible assets, property used by the
   association in conducting its business and liquid assets equal to 20
   percent of total assets, in "qualified thrift investments," primarily
   residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-
   backed securities, on a monthly basis in nine out of every twelve
   months.

        The Economic Growth Act of 1996 liberalized the QTL test for
   savings associations by permitting them to satisfy a similar-but-
   different 60 percent asset test under the Internal Revenue Code.
   Alternatively, savings associations may meet the QTL test by
   satisfying a more liberal 65 percent asset test that allows an
   institution to include small business, credit card, agriculture and

                                    -48-





   education loans as qualified investments for purposes of the test.
   Furthermore, consumer loans now count as qualified thrift investments
   up to 20 percent of portfolio assets.  On April 3, 1997, the OTS
   issued a final rule that implements provisions of the Economic Growth
   Act of 1996, including the amended QTL test.

        If a savings association fails the QTL test, it must convert to a
   bank or conform its activities to those permitted for a national bank
   but which activities also are not inconsistent with the powers
   permitted to a savings association, particularly as they relate to
   investments, branching and dividends.  It also shall not be eligible
   for new advances from any FHLB.  A savings association that fails the
   QTL test may requalify.

        LOANS TO ONE BORROWER.  Under the HOLA, savings associations
   generally have the same limits as national banks regarding loans to
   one borrower.  Generally, savings associations may not make a loan or
   extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of
   15 percent of the association's unimpaired capital and surplus, where
   the borrowing is not fully secured by readily-marketable collateral.
   An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10 percent of the
   association's unimpaired capital and surplus, if additional borrowing
   is secured by readily-marketable collateral at least equal to the
   amount of additional funds.  At March 31, 1999, Marquette had no
   outstanding loans or commitments that exceeded the loans to one
   borrower limit at the time made or committed.

        BROKERED DEPOSITS.  Well-capitalized savings associations that
   are not troubled do not have brokered deposit limitations.
   Adequately-capitalized associations are able to accept, renew or roll
   over brokered deposits but only with a waiver from the FDIC and with
   the limitation that they do not pay an effective yield on any deposit
   that exceeds by more than 75 basis points the effective yield paid on
   deposits of comparable size and maturity in the association's normal
   market area for deposits accepted in its normal market area or 120
   basis points of the current yield on similar maturity U.S. Treasury
   obligations or, in the case of any deposit at least half of which is
   uninsured, 130 percent of the Treasury yield.  Undercapitalized
   associations are not permitted to accept brokered deposits and may not
   solicit deposits by offering an effective yield that exceeds by more
   than 75 basis points the prevailing effective yields on insured
   deposits of comparable maturity in the association's normal market
   area or in the market area in which the deposits are being solicited.
   Marquette does not solicit brokered deposits.

        ENFORCEMENT.  Under the FDI Act, the OTS has primary enforcement
   responsibility over savings associations and has the authority to
   bring enforcement action against all "institution-related parties,"
   including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants
   who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to
   have an adverse effect on an insured association.  Civil penalties
   cover a wide range of violations and actions.  Criminal penalties for

                                    -49-





   most financial association crimes include fines and imprisonment.  In
   addition, regulators have substantial discretion to impose enforcement
   action on an association that fails to comply with its regulatory
   requirements, particularly regarding amounts of capital.  Possible
   enforcement action ranges from requiring the preparation of a capital
   plan or imposition of a capital directive to receivership,
   conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance.  Under the
   FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of
   OTS that enforcement action be taken regarding a particular savings
   association.  If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has
   authority to take enforcement action under particular circumstances.

        ASSESSMENTS.  Savings associations are required by OTS regulation
   to pay assessments to the OTS to fund the operations of the OTS.  The
   general assessment paid on a semi-annual basis is computed based upon
   the savings association's total assets, including consolidated
   subsidiaries, as reported in the association's latest quarterly thrift
   financial report.

        FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM.  Marquette is a member of the FHLB
   System, which consists of 12 regional FHLBs.  The FHLB provides a
   central credit facility primarily for member associations.  Marquette,
   as a member of the FHLB of Chicago, is required to acquire and hold
   shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount at least equal to 1
   percent of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential
   mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year,
   or 1/20 of its advances, borrowings, from the FHLB of Chicago,
   whichever is greater.  Marquette is in compliance with this
   requirement, with an investment in FHLB of Chicago stock at March 31,
   1999, of $466,000.  FHLB advances must be secured by specified types
   of collateral and may be obtained only for the purpose of purchasing
   or funding new residential housing finance assets.

        OTS CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.  The OTS capital regulations require
   savings associations to meet three capital standards:  a 1.5 percent
   tangible capital standard, a 3 percent leverage ratio or core capital
   ratio, and an 8 percent risk-based capital standard.

        Tangible capital is defined as common stockholders' equity,
   including retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
   and related earnings, nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of
   mutual savings associations, and minority interests in equity accounts
   of fully consolidated subsidiaries, less intangible assets other than
   mortgage servicing rights and equity and debt investments in
   nonqualifying subsidiaries.  Core capital is defined as common
   stockholders' equity, including retained earnings, noncumulative
   perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in
   equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, nonwithdrawable accounts
   and pledged deposits of mutual savings associations, amounts of
   goodwill resulting from prior regulatory accounting practices, less
   intangible assets other than mortgage servicing rights and equity and
   debt investments in nonincludable subsidiaries.

                                    -50-





        OTS capital regulation requires that in meeting the leverage
   ratio, tangible and risk-based capital standards, savings associations
   must deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in
   activities not permissible for a national bank.  At March 31, 1999,
   MFS constituted a nonincludable subsidiary.

        In April 1991, the OTS issued a proposal to amend its regulatory
   capital regulation to establish a 3 percent leverage ratio, the ratio
   of core capital to adjusted total assets, for associations in the
   strongest financial and managerial condition, with a 1 CAMEL rating,
   the highest rating of the OTS for savings associations.  For all other
   associations, the minimum core capital leverage ratio would be 3
   percent plus at least an additional 100 to 200 basis points.  In
   determining the amount of additional capital under the proposal, the
   OTS would assess both the quality of risk management systems and the
   level of overall risk in each individual association through the
   supervisory process on a case-by-case basis.  Associations that failed
   the new leverage ratio would be required to file with the OTS a
   capital plan that details the steps they would take to reach
   compliance.  If enacted in the final form as proposed, management does
   not believe that the proposed regulation would have a material effect
   on Marquette.  Although the OTS has not adopted this regulation in
   final form, generally a savings association that has a leverage
   capital ratio of less than 4 percent will be deemed to be
   "undercapitalized" under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations
   and consequently can have various limitations on its activities.

        Since the date of this proposal, the OTS has amended its
   regulations to refer to the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating
   System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination
   Council rather than the traditional CAMEL rating system.  The UFIRS is
   a supervisory rating system used by the OTS and other agencies
   represented on the FFIEC to evaluate the soundness of depository
   institutions on a uniform basis.  The agencies have implemented UFIRS
   through CAMEL ratings, which are a series of five factors for
   assessing a depository institution - capital adequacy, asset quality,
   management, earnings and liquidity.  Accordingly, where OTS
   regulations before referred to "CAMEL" ratings, the regulations now
   refer to UFIRS as it may exist from time to time, or a comparable
   rating system that the OTS may adopt rather than UFIRS.  References to
   UFIRS also refer to a comparable rating system that the OTS may adopt
   rather than UFIRS.

        The OTS' risk-based capital standard requires that savings
   associations maintain a ratio of total capital, core capital and
   supplementary capital, to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent.  In
   calculating total capital, a savings association must deduct
   reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments, all
   equity investments and that portion of land loans and nonresidential
   construction loans in excess of 80 percent loan-to-value ratio and its
   interest rate risk component, in addition to the assets that must be
   deducted in calculating core capital.  In determining the amount of

                                    -51-





   risk-weighted assets, all assets, including off-balance sheet assets,
   are multiplied by a risk-weight of 0 percent to 100 percent, as
   assigned by OTS capital regulations based on the risks OTS believes
   are inherent in the type of asset.

        The components of core capital are equivalent to those discussed
   above under the 3 percent leverage standard.  The components of
   supplementary capital include cumulative preferred stock, long-term
   perpetual preferred stock, mutual capital certificates,
   nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits, net worth certificates,
   income capital certificates, perpetual subordinated debt, mandatory
   convertible subordinated debt, intermediate-term preferred stock,
   mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and allowance for loan and
   lease losses, up to 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets, and
   unrealized gains on equity securities.  Allowance for loan and lease
   losses includable in supplementary capital is limited to a maximum of
   1.25 percent.  Overall, the amount of capital counted toward
   supplementary capital cannot exceed 100 percent of core capital.  At
   March 31, 1999, Marquette met each of its capital requirements.

        FDICIA required that the OTS and other federal banking agencies
   revise risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition
   rules, to ensure that they take account of interest rate risk,
   concentration of risk and the risks of nontraditional activities.

        On December 1, 1998, the OTS adopted comprehensive guidance, in
   the form of Thrift Bulletin 13a, covering interest rate risk,
   investment securities and use of financial derivatives.  TB 13a
   replaces seven prior OTS thrift bulletins covering these and related
   topics.  The OTS also updated its regulations with a new rule,
   effective January 1, 1999, on forward commitments, futures
   transactions and financial options transactions.  The new rule, which
   is designed to work with TB 13a, establishes general requirements
   applicable to all derivative instruments, describes responsibilities
   of the board of directors and management concerning financial
   derivatives and makes clear that reducing risk exposure should be the
   primary reason for entering into a derivatives transaction.  TB 13a
   provides guidelines for evaluating an institution's risk management,
   identifies a set of "sound practices" for consideration of management
   and describes the qualitative and quantitative guidelines the OTS will
   use in assessing an institution's current exposure to interest rate
   changes and its ability to manage that exposure effectively.  The OTS
   will use the results of its net portfolio value model to measure an
   institution's current exposure.  Under TB 13a, an institution's board
   of directors should establish interest rate risk limits in terms of
   its capital position, which is its economic capital-to-assets ratio.
   Investment securities and derivatives, especially those with the
   potential to alter significantly an institution's risk profile, should
   be evaluated on the basis of their impact on the institution's
   economic capital.  Institutions with greater capacity to absorb
   potential losses will have greater latitude in using derivatives and
   other complex financial instruments.

                                    -52-





        LIQUIDITY.  Marquette is required to maintain an average daily
   balance of liquid assets, for example, cash, accrued interest on
   liquid assets, time deposits, savings accounts, bankers' acceptances,
   specified United States government, state or federal agency
   obligations, shares of mutual funds and corporate debt securities and
   commercial paper, equal to not less than a specified percentage of the
   average daily balance of its net withdrawal deposit accounts plus
   short-term borrowings.  This liquidity requirement may be changed from
   time to time by the OTS to any amount within the range of 4 percent to
   10 percent, depending upon economic conditions and the savings flows
   of member associations.  This requirement is currently 4 percent.  The
   OTS requires that the average daily balance of liquid assets be
   determined using the amount of the institution's liquidity base at the
   end of the preceding calendar quarter or the average daily balance of
   its liquidity base during the preceding quarter.  The OTS may
   determine the adequacy of an institution's liquidity on a case-by-case
   basis, using as a standard that level of liquidity necessary to ensure
   that the institution operates on a "safe and sound" basis.  The OTS
   may initiate enforcement actions for failure to meet these liquidity
   requirements.  At March 31, 1999, Marquette complied with the
   regulatory liquidity requirements.

        INSURANCE OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND DEPOSIT INSURANCE PREMIUMS.
   FDICIA required the FDIC to establish a risk-based assessment system
   for insured depository associations that takes into account the risks
   attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and
   liabilities.  Under the rule, the FDIC assigns an association to one
   of three capital categories consisting of "well capitalized,"
   "adequately capitalized," or "undercapitalized," and one of three
   supervisory subcategories.  The supervisory subgroup to which an
   association is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided
   to the FDIC by the association's primary federal regulator and
   information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the
   association's financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit
   insurance funds, which may include, if applicable, information
   provided by the association's state supervisor.  An association's
   assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory
   category to which it is assigned.  There are nine assessment risk
   classifications or combinations of capital groups and supervisory
   subgroups to which different assessment rates are applied.  Assessment
   rates range from an association in the highest category - well-
   capitalized and healthy - to an association in the lowest category -
   undercapitalized and of substantial supervisory concern.

        The SAIF and the BIF were required by law to achieve and maintain
   a ratio of insurance reserves to total insured deposits equal to 1.25
   percent.  The BIF reached this required reserve ratio during 1995,
   while some predictions indicated the SAIF would not reach this target
   until the year 2002.  The SAIF had not grown as quickly as the BIF for
   many reasons, but in large part because almost half of SAIF premiums
   had to be used to retire bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in
   the late 1980s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance

                                    -53-





   Corporation.  Until 1995, the SAIF and BIF deposit insurance premium
   rate schedules had been identical.  But in mid-1995, the FDIC issued
   final rules modifying its assessment rate schedules for SAIF and BIF
   member institutions, which required SAIF-insured institutions to pay a
   significantly higher deposit premium than their BIF-insured
   counterparts.  Thrift industry representatives argued that this
   significant premium differential caused savings associations to
   operate at a competitive disadvantage to their BIF-insured bank
   counterparts.

        On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed the Deposit
   Insurance Funds Act of 1996 that was part of the omnibus spending bill
   enacted by Congress at the end of its 1996 session.  DIFA mandated
   that the FDIC impose a special assessment on the SAIF-assessable
   deposits of each insured depository institution at a rate applicable
   to all institutions that the FDIC determined would cause the SAIF to
   achieve its designated reserve ratio of 1.25 percent as of October 1,
   1996.  In response to this legislation, to recapitalize the SAIF, on
   October 10, 1996, the FDIC adopted a final rule governing the payment
   of a SAIF special assessment in the amount of 65.7 basis points.
   SAIF-insured institutions were required to pay the assessment by
   November 27, 1996.  In response to the recapitalization of the SAIF,
   the FDIC announced on December 11, 1996 that deposit insurance rates
   for most savings associations insured under the SAIF would be lowered
   to zero effective January 1, 1997, thereby equalizing SAIF insurance
   premiums with those paid by BIF-insured institutions.

        DIFA mandates the merger of the SAIF and the BIF, effective
   January 1, 1999, but only if no insured depository institution is a
   savings association on that date.  The combined deposit insurance
   fund, if the funds are merged, will be called the "Deposit Insurance
   Fund", or "DIF."  Since legislation has not been enacted to eliminate
   savings associations, the SAIF and the BIF have not been merged.

        Before DIFA, federal regulators and thrift industry trade groups
   were predicting that a default would occur on the FICO Bonds as early
   as 1998, as SAIF-assessable deposits continued to decline.  DIFA
   amends the Federal Home Loan Bank Act to impose the FICO assessment
   against both SAIF and BIF deposits beginning after December 31, 1996.
   But the assessment imposed on insured depository institutions
   concerning any BIF-assessable deposit will be assessed at a rate equal
   to one-fifth of the rate, approximately 1.3 basis points, of the
   assessments imposed on insured depository institutions with respect to
   any SAIF-assessable deposit, approximately 6.7 basis points.  BIF-
   insured banks will pay the same FICO assessment as SAIF-insured
   institutions beginning as of the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the
   date as of which the last savings association ceases to exist.

        LIMITATIONS ON CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS.  See "The Reorganization -
   Comparison of Stockholders Rights and Anti-takeover Provisions."



                                    -54-





        COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT.  Under OTS regulations, an institution's
   performance in meeting the credit needs of its entire community,
   including low- and moderate-income areas, as required by the Community
   Reinvestment Act, will generally be evaluated under three tests:  the
   "lending test," the "investment test," and the "service test."

        The lending test analyzes lending performance using five
   criteria:

        *    the number and amount of loans in the institution's
             assessment area,

        *    the geographic distribution of lending, including the
             proportion of lending in the assessment area, the dispersion
             of lending in the assessment area, and the number and amount
             of loans in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income areas
             in the assessment area,

        *    borrower characteristics, including the income level of
             individual borrowers and the size of businesses or farms,

        *    the number and amount of community development loans, and
             their complexity and innovativeness, and

        *    the use of innovative or flexible lending practices in a
             safe and sound manner to address the credit needs of low- or
             moderate-income individuals or areas.

   The investment test analyzes investment performance using four
   criteria:

        *    the dollar amount of qualified investments,

        *    the innovativeness or complexity of qualified investments,

        *    the responsiveness of qualified investments to credit and
             community development needs, and

        *    the degree to which the qualified investments made by the
             institution are not routinely provided by private investors.


   The service test analyzes service performance using six criteria:

        *    the institution's branch distribution among low-, moderate-,
             middle-, and upper-income areas,

        *    its record of opening and closing branches, particularly in
             low- and moderate-income areas,

        *    the availability and effectiveness of alternative systems
             for delivering retail banking services,

                                    -55-





        *    the range of services provided in low-, moderate-, middle-
             and upper-income areas and extent to which those services
             are tailored to meet the needs of those areas,

        *    the extent to which the institution provides community
             development services, and

        *    the innovativeness and responsiveness of community
             development services provided.

        An independent financial institution with assets of less than
   $250 million or a financial institution with assets of less than $250
   million that is a subsidiary of a holding company with assets of less
   than $1 billion, is evaluated under a streamlined assessment method
   based primarily on its lending record.  The streamlined test considers
   an institution's loan-to-deposit ratio adjusted for seasonal variation
   and special lending activities, its percentage of loans and other
   lending related activities in the assessment area, its record of
   lending to borrowers of different income levels and businesses and
   farms of different sizes, the geographic distribution of its loans,
   and its record of taking action, if warranted, in response to written
   complaints.  Instead of being evaluated under the three assessment
   tests or the streamlined test, a financial institution can adopt a
   "strategic plan" and elect to be evaluated on the basis of achieving
   the goals and benchmarks outlined in the strategic plan.

        TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES.  See "Transactions with
   Related Persons."

        PROMPT CORRECTIVE REGULATORY ACTION.  FDICIA establishes a system
   of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of
   undercapitalized associations.  Under this system, the OTS is required
   to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized associations, the
   severity of which depends upon the association's degree of
   undercapitalization.  Generally, with a narrow exception, FDICIA
   requires the OTS to appoint a receiver or conservator for an
   association that is critically undercapitalized.  FDICIA authorizes
   the OTS to specify the ratio of tangible equity to assets at which an
   association becomes critically undercapitalized and requires that
   ratio to be no less than 2 percent of assets.

        Under OTS regulations, a savings association is considered to be
   undercapitalized if it has risk-based capital of less than 8 percent
   or has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4 percent
   or has a leverage ratio that is less than 4 percent or has a leverage
   ratio less than 3 percent if the savings association is rated
   composite 1 under the UFIRS rating system in the most recent
   examination of the association.  A savings association that has risk-
   based capital less than 6 percent or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
   that is less than 3 percent or a leverage ratio that is less than
   3 percent would be considered to be "significantly undercapitalized."
   A savings association that has a tangible equity to total assets ratio

                                    -56-





   equal to or less than 2 percent would be deemed to be "critically
   undercapitalized."  Generally, a capital restoration plan must be
   filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date an association receives
   notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or
   critically undercapitalized.  In addition, numerous mandatory
   supervisory actions become immediately applicable to the association,
   including restrictions on growth, investment activities, capital
   distributions, and affiliate transactions.  In addition, the OTS could
   issue a capital directive to the savings association that includes
   additional discretionary restrictions on the savings association.

        REAL ESTATE LENDING STANDARDS.  The OTS and the other federal
   banking agencies have uniform regulations prescribing real estate
   lending standards.  OTS regulations require each savings association
   to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending
   standards consistent with safe and sound banking practices and
   appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature and scope of
   its real estate lending activities.  The policy must also be
   consistent with accompanying OTS guidelines, which include maximum
   loan-to-value ratios for the following types of real estate loans: raw
   land, 65 percent, land development, 75 percent, nonresidential
   construction, 80 percent, improved property, 85 percent and one- to
   four-family residential construction, 85 percent.  Owner-occupied one-
   to four-family mortgage loans and home equity loans do not have
   maximum loan-to-value ratio limits, but those with a loan-to-value
   ratio at origination of 90 percent or greater are to be backed by
   private mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral.
   Institutions are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that
   do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations so long as
   the exceptions are appropriately reviewed and justified.  The
   guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which
   exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified.

        STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.  As required by FDICIA and
   subsequently amended by the Riegle Community Development and
   Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, the federal banking regulators
   adopted interagency guidelines establishing standards for safety and
   soundness for depository institutions on matters, including internal
   controls, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest-rate risk
   exposure, asset growth, compensation and other benefits and asset
   quality and earnings.  The agencies expect to request a compliance
   plan from an institution whose failure to meet one or more of the
   standards is of severity to the extent that it could threaten the safe
   and sound operation of the institution.  FDIC regulations enacted
   under FDICIA also require all depository institutions to be examined
   annually by the banking regulators and depository institutions having
   $500 million or more in total assets to have an annual independent
   audit, an audit committee comprised solely of outside directors, and
   to hire outside auditors to evaluate the institution's internal
   control structure and procedures and compliance with laws and
   regulations relating to safety and soundness.  The FDIC, in adopting
   the regulations, reiterated its belief that every depository

                                    -57-





   institution, regardless of size, should have an annual independent
   audit and an independent audit committee.

        FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS.  FDICIA imposes new financial
   reporting requirements on all depository institutions with assets of
   more than $500 million, their management, and their independent
   auditors.  It also establishes new rules for the composition, duties
   and authority of the institutions' audit committees and boards of
   directors.  These depository institutions will be required to prepare
   and make available to the public annual reports on their financial
   condition and management, including statements of managements'
   responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and
   compliance with federal banking laws and regulations relating to
   safety and soundness, and an assessment by management of the
   effectiveness of the institution's internal controls and procedures
   and the institution's compliance with these laws and regulations.  The
   institution's independent public accountants are required to attest to
   these management assessments.  Each institution is also required to
   have an audit committee composed of independent directors.

   FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

        The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings
   institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their
   transaction accounts, primarily NOW and regular checking accounts,
   non-personal time deposits transferable or held by a person other than
   a natural person, with an original maturity of less than one and one-
   half years and money market accounts.  The Federal Reserve Board
   regulations generally require that reserves of 3 percent must be
   maintained against aggregate transaction accounts of $52 million or
   less, as may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board, and an initial
   reserve of $1.6 million plus 10 percent, as may be adjusted by the
   Federal Reserve Board between 8 percent and 14 percent, against that
   portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $52 million.  The
   first $4.3 million of otherwise reservable balances, as may be
   adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board, are exempted from the reserve
   requirements.  Marquette is in compliance with these requirements.

        The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed
   by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity
   requirements by the OTS.  Because required reserves must be maintained
   in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a
   Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the
   Federal Reserve Board, the effect of this reserve requirement is to
   reduce Marquette's interest-earning assets.

        FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from the
   Federal Reserve "discount window," but Federal Reserve Board
   regulations require institutions to exhaust all FHLB sources before
   borrowing from a Federal Reserve Bank.



                                    -58-





   GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT

        On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law S. 900,
   the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which modernizes the laws governing the
   financial services industry.  This Act eliminates many federal and
   state law barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms,
   insurance companies and other financial service providers.  This
   legislation provides financial organizations with flexibility in
   structuring these new affiliations through a holding company structure
   or a financial subsidiary with prudent limitations on activities and
   appropriate safeguards.  This legislation preserves the Federal
   Reserve Board as the umbrella supervisor for holding companies, but it
   incorporates a system of functional regulation designed to utilize the
   strengths of the various federal and state financial supervisors.  It
   establishes a mechanism for coordination between the Federal Reserve
   Board and the Secretary of the Treasury regarding approval of new
   financial activities for both holding companies and national bank
   financial subsidiaries.  The federal bank regulatory agencies,
   including the OTS, will be promulgating regulations under this Act in
   the near future.

   REGULATION OF MARQUETTE FINANCIAL

        GENERAL.  Marquette Financial is a federal mutual holding company
   within the meaning of Section 10(o) of the HOLA.  Marquette Financial
   is required to register with and may be examined by, is supervised by
   and has reporting requirements with the OTS.  In addition, the OTS has
   enforcement authority over Marquette Financial and its non-savings
   association subsidiaries, if any.  This authority permits the OTS to
   restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious
   risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary
   savings association.  Unlike bank holding companies, federal mutual
   holding companies do not have any regulatory capital requirements and
   are not supervised by the Federal Reserve Board.

        RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO ACTIVITIES OF MUTUAL HOLDING
   COMPANIES.  Under Section 10(o) of the HOLA, a mutual holding company
   may engage only in the following activities:

        *    investing in the stock of a savings association;

        *    acquiring a mutual association through the merger of the
             association into a savings association subsidiary of the
             holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary
             of the holding company;

        *    merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of
             whose subsidiaries is a savings association;

        *    investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is
             available for purchase by a savings association under
             federal law or under the law of any state where the
             subsidiary savings association or associations have their
             home offices;

                                    -59-





        *    furnishing or performing management services for a savings
             association subsidiary of the holding company;

        *    holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired
             from a savings association subsidiary of the company;

        *    holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings
             association subsidiary of the company:

        *    acting as trustee under a deed of trust;

        *    any other activity that the Federal Reserve Board, by
             regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank
             holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding
             Company Act, unless the Director of the OTS, by regulation,
             prohibits or limits the activity for savings and loan
             holding companies, or in which multiple savings and loan
             holding companies were authorized by regulation to directly
             engage on March 5, 1987; and

        *    purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in
             connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase
             of this stock by the holding company is approved by the
             Director of the OTS.

   If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding
   company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting
   from the merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in
   the activities listed above, and it has a period of two years to cease
   any nonconforming activities and divest any nonconforming investments.

        GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT.  On November 12, 1999, President Clinton
   signed into law the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  This Act permits mutual
   holding companies to engage in new authorized financial activities,
   including securities underwriting, dealing, and market making,
   insurance underwriting and agency activities, and merchant banking.
   The federal bank regulatory agencies, including the OTS, will be
   promulgating regulations under this Act in the near future.

        RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL SAVINGS AND LOAN HOLDING
   COMPANIES.  The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company,
   including a federal mutual holding company, directly or indirectly,
   from acquiring:

        *    control, as defined under the HOLA, of another savings
             association or a holding company parent without prior OTS
             approval,

        *    more than 5 percent of the voting shares of another savings
             association or holding company parent that is not a
             subsidiary, with some exceptions,


                                    -60-





        *    through merger, consolidation, or purchase of assets,
             another savings association or a holding company or
             acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of the
             institution or a holding company without prior OTS approval,
             or

        *    control of any depository institution not insured by the
             FDIC except through a merger with and into the holding
             company's savings institution subsidiary that is approved by
             the OTS.

        A savings and loan holding company may not acquire as a separate
   subsidiary an insured institution that has a principal office outside
   of the state where the principal office of its subsidiary institution
   is located, except:

        *    in the case of emergency acquisitions, as defined under the
             HOLA, approved by the FDIC,

        *    if the holding company controls a savings association
             subsidiary that operated a home or branch office in the
             additional state as of March 5, 1987, and

        *    if the laws of the state in which the savings association to
             be acquired is located specifically authorize a savings
             institution chartered by that state to be acquired by a
             savings association chartered by the state where the
             acquiring savings association or savings and loan holding
             company is located or by a holding company that controls a
             state chartered association.

   The conditions imposed upon interstate acquisitions by those states
   that have enacted authorizing legislation vary.  Some states impose
   conditions of reciprocity, which have the effect of requiring that the
   laws of both the state in which the acquiring holding company is
   located, as determined by the location of its subsidiary savings
   association, and the state in which the association to be acquired is
   located, have each enacted legislation allowing its savings
   associations to be acquired by out-of-state holding companies on the
   condition that the laws of the other state authorize the transactions
   on terms no more restrictive than those imposed on the acquirer by the
   state of the target association.  Some of these states also impose
   regional limitations, which restrict the acquisitions to states within
   a defined geographic region.  Other states allow full nationwide
   banking without any condition of reciprocity.  Some states do not
   authorize interstate acquisitions of savings associations.  In
   evaluating an application by a holding company to acquire a savings
   association, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial
   resources and future prospects of the company and savings association
   involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance
   funds, the convenience and needs of the community, and competitive
   factors.

                                    -61-





        If the savings institution subsidiary of a federal mutual holding
   company fails to meet the QTL test in Section 10(m) of the HOLA and
   regulations of the OTS, the holding company must register with the
   Federal Reserve Board as a bank holding company under the BHC Act
   within one year of the savings institution's failure to qualify.

   FEDERAL TAXATION

        Savings institutions are governed by the provisions of the
   Internal Revenue Code in the same general manner as other
   corporations.  However, savings institutions, like Marquette, which
   meet definitional tests and other conditions prescribed by the Code,
   may benefit from favorable provisions regarding their deductions from
   taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve.  The
   amount of the bad debt deduction that a qualifying savings institution
   may claim regarding additions to its reserve for bad debts has
   limitations.  Marquette reviews the most favorable way to calculate
   the deduction attributable to an addition to its bad debt reserve on
   an annual basis.

        In August 1996, the Code was revised to equalize the taxation of
   thrifts and banks.  Thrifts, like Marquette, no longer have a choice
   between the percentage of taxable income method and the experience
   method in determining additions to bad debt reserves.  Thrifts with
   $500 million of assets or less may use the experience method, while
   larger thrifts must use the specific charge off method regarding bad
   debts.  Any additions to tax bad reserves added after 1987 will be
   recaptured and taxed over a six year period beginning in 1996;
   however, bad debt reserves set aside through 1987 are generally not
   recaptured.  An institution may delay recapturing its post-1987 bad
   debt reserves for an additional two years if it meets a residential-
   lending test.  This law is not expected to have a material impact on
   Marquette.  At March 31, 1999, Marquette had no post-1987 bad-debt
   reserves.

        Under the experience method, the bad debt deduction may be based
   on a six-year moving average of actual losses on qualifying and non-
   qualifying loans, or a fill-up to the institution's base year reserve
   amount, which is the tax bad debt reserve determined as of December
   31, 1987.  Marquette used the experience method for the tax year ended
   March 31, 1999.

        Earnings appropriated to Marquette's bad debt reserve and claimed
   as a tax deduction, including its supplemental reserves for losses,
   will not be available for the payment of cash dividends or for
   distribution to stockholders, including distributions made on
   dissolution or liquidation, unless Marquette includes the amount in
   income, along with the amount deemed necessary to pay the resulting
   federal income tax.  As of March 31, 1999, Marquette had approximately
   $3.9 million of accumulated earnings, representing its base year tax
   reserve, for which federal income taxes have not been provided.  If
   this amount is used for any purpose other than bad debt losses,

                                    -62-





   including a dividend distribution or a distribution in liquidation,
   there may be federal income taxation at the then current rate.

        Generally, for taxable years beginning after 1986, the Code also
   requires most corporations, including savings institutions, to utilize
   the accrual method of accounting for tax purposes.  Further, for
   taxable years ending after 1986, the Code disallows 100 percent of a
   savings association's interest expense deemed allocated to non-
   qualified tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7, 1986.  Tax-
   exempt obligations acquired after 1982 but before August 8, 1986, and
   qualified tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7, 1986, are
   governed by the rule which applied before the Code disallowing the
   deductibility of 20 percent of the interest expense.

        The Code imposes an alternative minimum tax on alternative
   minimum taxable income at a rate of 20 percent.  Only 90 percent of
   AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryovers of which Marquette
   currently has none.  AMTI is also adjusted by determining the tax
   treatment of items in a manner that negates the deferral of income
   resulting from the regular tax treatment of those items.  Marquette's
   AMTI is increased by an amount equal to 75 percent of the amount by
   which Marquette's adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI,
   determined without regard to this adjustment and before reduction for
   net operating losses.

        Marquette Financial may exclude from its income 80 percent of
   dividends received from Marquette as a member of the same affiliated
   group of corporations if Marquette Financial owns more than 20 percent
   but less than 80 percent of the stock of the corporation, Marquette,
   paying a dividend.

        Marquette's federal income tax returns for the last five tax
   years have not been examined by the IRS.

   WISCONSIN TAXATION

        The State of Wisconsin imposes a tax on the Wisconsin taxable
   income of corporations, including savings institutions, at the rate of
   7.9 percent.  Wisconsin taxable income is generally similar to federal
   taxable income, except that interest from state and municipal
   obligations is taxable, no deduction is allowed for state income
   taxes, and net operating losses may be carried forward but not back.
   Wisconsin law does not provide for the filing of consolidated state
   income tax returns.

                      TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

        Marquette's authority to engage in transactions with related
   parties or "affiliates," any company that controls or is under common
   control with a savings association, including Marquette Financial, or
   to make loans to insiders, is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the
   Federal Reserve Act.  A subsidiary of a savings association generally

                                    -63-





   is exempted from the definition of "affiliate."  Section 23A limits
   the aggregate amount of transactions with any individual affiliate to
   10 percent of the capital and surplus of the savings association and
   also limits the aggregate amount of transactions with all affiliates
   to 20 percent of the savings association's capital and surplus.  Some
   transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral
   in an amount and of a type described in the FRA and the purchase of
   low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited.  Section
   23B provides that particular transactions with affiliates, including
   loans and asset purchases, must be on terms and under circumstances,
   including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at
   least as favorable to the savings association as those prevailing at
   the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.
   In the absence of comparable transactions, the transactions may only
   occur under terms and circumstances, including credit standards, that
   in good faith would be offered to or would apply to non-affiliated
   companies.  FIRREA prohibits any savings association from lending to
   any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible
   for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the BHC Act.  Also,
   no savings association may purchase the securities of any affiliate
   other than a subsidiary.

        Marquette's authority to extend credit to executive officers,
   directors and 10 percent shareholders, as well as the entities these
   persons control are currently governed by Section 22(g) and 22(h) of
   the FRA and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board.  These
   regulations require that the loans to be made on terms substantially
   similar to those offered to unaffiliated individuals, place limits on
   the amount of loans that Marquette may make to the persons based, in
   part, on its capital position, and require approval procedures to be
   followed.  OTS regulations, with the exception of minor variations,
   apply Regulation O to savings associations.  On April 1, 1997, a final
   rule by the Federal Reserve Board, which changes the exemptions from
   Regulation O available to bank affiliate insiders, became effective.
   Under the new rule, Regulation O will not apply to loans made by
   Marquette to officers and directors of an affiliate, if the officer or
   director is not engaged in a policy-making capacity relative to
   Marquette and the affiliate does not account for more than 10 percent
   of the consolidated assets of Marquette's holding company.

        Marquette makes loans to executive officers and directors of
   Marquette and their affiliates in the ordinary course of its business.
   These loans to executive officers, directors and their affiliates are
   made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
   collateral, as those prevailing at the time the transaction is
   originated for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated persons and
   do not, in the opinion of Marquette's management, involve more than
   the normal risk of collectibility or present any other unfavorable
   features. As of November 30, 1999, approximately $1,143,609 of loans
   were outstanding from Marquette to executive officers and directors of
   Marquette and their affiliates.


                                    -64-





                             THE REORGANIZATION

   GENERAL

        The reorganization into the "two-tier" mutual holding company
   structure will be accomplished under the reorganization agreement,
   which the board unanimously approved on December 14, 1999.  Under the
   reorganization agreement, Marquette will become a wholly owned
   subsidiary of the stock holding company, which will be majority owned
   by Marquette Financial.  In the reorganization, each outstanding share
   of Marquette common stock will be converted automatically into one
   share of common stock of the stock holding company.  As a result of
   the reorganization, Marquette's stockholders will become stockholders
   of the stock holding company.  The reorganization will have no effect
   on the operations of Marquette or  Marquette Financial.  Marquette
   will continue its operations at the same locations, with the same
   management, and with all the rights, obligations and liabilities of
   Marquette existing immediately before the reorganization.  The
   reorganization agreement attached as Exhibit A is incorporated by
   reference in this proxy statement/prospectus.

   REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION

        Marquette has determined to undertake the reorganization for
   several business purposes.  As a savings association, Marquette cannot
   repurchase its stock in the open market without incurring significant
   adverse tax consequences.  By reorganizing under a stock holding
   company structure, the stock holding company, unlike Marquette, can
   repurchase its stock in the open market without suffering adverse tax
   consequences.  The board of directors of Marquette has determined that
   having the ability to repurchase shares in the open market is
   important because it provides liquidity for the shares, since the
   stock holding company would be making a market in its shares, provides
   Marquette with the opportunity to take advantage of the current price
   for its stock in the marketplace and gives Marquette another technique
   for managing its capital.  In addition, having the stock holding
   company gives Marquette added flexibility in structuring mergers and
   acquisitions and conducting its operations.

   STOCK HOLDING COMPANY POWERS

        There will be restrictions on the stock holding company,
   including activity limitations applicable to Marquette Financial under
   Section 10(o)(5) of the HOLA, and related regulations.  The stock
   holding company will be permitted to engage in activities, including
   making investments in up to 5 percent of the common stock of another
   financial institution.  The stock holding company generally would be
   permitted to engage in the activities that are closely related to
   banking and permissible for bank holding companies under the BHC Act,
   and activities permitted for service corporations of a
   federally-chartered savings association.  See "- Regulation of the
   Stock Holding Company."

                                    -65-





   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

        The federal charter under which the stock holding company is to
   be incorporated was only recently created by the OTS, and there is no
   well-formed body of judicial interpretations regarding corporate
   governance matters relating to this charter.  The OTS has stated that
   the corporate governance of the stock holding company would be
   governed by corporate governance matters that are precedents
   applicable to a federal savings association.  However, there can be no
   assurance that any court would apply this law or as to what other
   sources of precedent a court may look to.

   RECOMMENDATION

        The board of directors of Marquette has determined that the
   reorganization will provide greater operating flexibility than
   Marquette's existing mutual holding company structure and that the
   reorganization is in the best interests of Marquette and its
   stockholders.  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE
   REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR
   APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.

   REGULATORY APPROVALS

        Completion of the reorganization is conditioned upon receiving
   the approval of the OTS and the WDFI.  The OTS must approve the
   formation of the stock holding company, including its charter, the
   stock company's acquisition of 100 percent of the common stock of
   Marquette and the merger between Marquette and Marquette Interim.  The
   WDFI must approve the merger between Marquette and Marquette Interim.
   Based on recent OTS approvals of similar transactions, Marquette
   believes that the OTS approval of the reorganization will include
   conditions that the reorganization agreement be approved by a majority
   of the total votes eligible to be cast at a meeting of Marquette's
   stockholders called to vote on the transaction.  Marquette does not
   expect that the WDFI approval will include any conditions that would
   materially affect the terms of the transaction.  Although the
   reorganization is conditioned upon the approval of the OTS and the
   WDFI, the OTS and the WDFI approval, as well as any other regulatory
   approvals, do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the
   reorganization by the OTS or the WDFI, or other regulatory agencies.

   REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

        The reorganization will be accomplished under the reorganization
   agreement, which is attached as Exhibit A.  The following discussion
   is qualified in its entirety by reference to the reorganization
   agreement.

        The reorganization and the establishment of the stock holding
   company will be accomplished as follows:


                                    -66-





        *    Marquette will organize the stock holding company as a
             wholly owned subsidiary;

        *    the stock holding company will organize Marquette Interim as
             a wholly owned subsidiary;

        *    Marquette Interim will merge with and into Marquette, with
             Marquette as the surviving entity;

        *    in connection with the merger:

             *    all of the issued and outstanding shares of Marquette
                  common stock will automatically be converted by
                  operation of law into an equal number of shares of
                  stock holding company common stock;

             *    all of the  issued and outstanding shares of Marquette
                  Interim will automatically be converted by operation of
                  law into an equal number of shares of the common stock
                  of Marquette;

             *    each outstanding option to purchase shares under
                  Marquette's stock option plan will automatically be
                  converted by operation of law into an option with
                  identical price, terms and conditions to purchase an
                  identical number of shares of the stock holding company
                  common stock instead of Marquette common stock;

             *    each outstanding award under Marquette's management
                  recognition plan will automatically be converted into
                  an award with identical terms and conditions to receive
                  an identical number of shares of the stock holding
                  company common stock instead of Marquette common stock;
                  and

             *    the Marquette stock option plan and management
                  recognition plan will automatically be continued by
                  operation of law as plans of the stock holding company.


   As a result, Marquette will become the wholly owned subsidiary of the
   stock holding company, and the stock holding company will become the
   majority owned subsidiary of Marquette Financial.










                                    -67-





        The following diagram shows Marquette's current mutual holding
   company structure:


              [   Marquette Financial,  ]
              [         M.H.C.          ]


                               56% of Marquette common stock
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
              <S>                               <C>                    <C>
              [  Marquette Savings   ]          44% of Marquette       [                        ]
              [      Bank, S.A.      ]            common stock         [  Minority stockholders ]
              [                      ]                                 [                        ]
   </TABLE>

              The following diagram shows Marquette's proposed mutual holding
   company structure following completion of the reorganization:

        [  Marquette Financial,  ]
        [         M.H.C.         ]

                               56% of stock holding company
                                     common stock

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
              <S>                                     <C>                                 <C>
              [  Marquette Capital Holding ]          44% of stock holding company        [                        ]
              [       Company, Inc.        ]                  common stock                [  Minority stockholders ]
              [                            ]                                              [                        ]
   </TABLE>

                               100% of Marquette common stock


              [  Marquette Savings  ]
              [     Bank, S.A.      ]

              The board of directors of Marquette presently intends to
   capitalize the stock holding company with up to $750,000, if the OTS
   approves of this amount.

        After the reorganization, Marquette will continue its existing
   business and operations as a wholly owned subsidiary of the stock
   holding company and the consolidated capitalization, assets,
   liabilities, and form of consolidated financial statements of the
   stock holding company immediately following the reorganization will be
   substantially the same as those of Marquette immediately before
   consummation of the reorganization.  The articles and bylaws of
   Marquette will continue in effect, and will not be affected by the
   reorganization.  The officers and directors and the principal
   executive officers of Marquette before the reorganization will be the

                                    -68-





   same after the reorganization. The name "Marquette Savings Bank, S.A."
   will continue to be utilized.  The corporate existence of Marquette
   will not be affected by the reorganization.

   EFFECTIVE DATE

        The effective date of the reorganization will be the latest date
   of approval by the OTS and the WDFI and upon which the articles of
   combination are endorsed by the WDFI and the OTS.  Although Marquette
   does not anticipate any significant delays in obtaining this
   endorsement of the articles of combination, the effects of any delays
   on holders of Marquette's common stock cannot be determined at this
   time.  Although the reorganization is conditioned upon the approval of
   the WDFI and OTS, this approval, as well as any other regulatory
   approval, does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the
   reorganization by the WDFI, the OTS, or other regulatory agencies.

   OPTIONAL EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

        After the effective date, stock certificates evidencing shares of
   Marquette common stock will represent, by operation of law, the same
   number of shares of the stock holding company's common stock.  Former
   holders of Marquette common stock will not be required to exchange
   their Marquette common stock certificates for stock holding company
   common stock certificates, but will have the option to do so.  DO NOT
   SEND YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES TO MARQUETTE AT THIS TIME.  Any
   stockholder desiring more information about the exchange may request
   additional information from Marquette by writing to Mr. Gary J.
   Sparza, Secretary of Marquette, at 10533 West National Avenue, West
   Allis, Wisconsin 53227.

   DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

        The rights of Marquette stockholders are governed by Chapter 215
   of the Wisconsin Statutes, which is silent on dissenters' rights.
   However, the WBCL addresses dissenters' rights.  Section 215.60(16) of
   the Wisconsin Statutes provides that provisions of the WBCL not in
   conflict with Chapter 215 of the Wisconsin Statutes are applicable.

        The following discussion of dissenters' rights under the WBCL is
   not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
   provisions of Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331 of the WBCL, a copy of
   which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Exhibit D.
   MARQUETTE STOCKHOLDERS MUST FOLLOW THE PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS OF
   SECTIONS 180.1301 TO 180.1331 OF THE WBCL EXACTLY OR RISK LOSING THE
   RIGHT TO DISSENT AND DEMAND PAYMENT OF THE FAIR VALUE OF THEIR COMMON
   STOCK. MARQUETTE STOCKHOLDERS SHOULD READ EXHIBIT D FOR ALL STATUTORY
   PROVISIONS RELATING TO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

        Any stockholder or beneficial stockholder who desires to assert
   dissenters' rights must:


                                    -69-





        *    before the vote is taken at the special meeting regarding*
             approval of the reorganization agreement, deliver to
             Marquette written notice that complies with Section 180.0141
             of the WBCL of the stockholder's intent to demand payment
             for the stockholder's shares of common stock; and

        *    not vote these shares in favor of approval of the
             reorganization agreement.

        A record stockholder may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer
   than all the shares registered in that stockholder's name only if that
   stockholder dissents with respect to all shares beneficially owned by
   any one person and notifies Marquette in writing of the name and
   address of each person on whose behalf that stockholder asserts
   dissenters' rights.  Any beneficial stockholder may assert dissenters'
   rights as to shares held on its behalf only if the beneficial
   stockholder submits to Marquette the record stockholder's written
   consent to dissent not later than the time the beneficial stockholder
   asserts dissenters' rights regarding all shares for which it is the
   beneficial stockholder.  All notices to Marquette must be sent or
   delivered to Mr. Gary Sparza, Secretary, at 10533 West National
   Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin 53227.

        Not more than 10 days after approval of the reorganization
   agreement by Marquette stockholders, Marquette must send to each
   person who has satisfied the requirements for asserting dissenters'
   rights a written notice that complies with Section 180.0141 of the
   WBCL which must:

        *    state where written demand for payment must be sent,

        *    state where and when stock certificates must be deposited,

        *    state the extent to which the transfer of uncertificated
             shares will be restricted after the payment demand is
             received,

        *    provide a form for demanding payment that includes the date
             of the first announcement to news media or to stockholders
             of the terms of the proposed reorganization, which was July
             28, 1999, and requires that the stockholder or beneficial
             stockholder asserting dissenters' rights certify whether
             that stockholder acquired beneficial ownership of its shares
             before that date,

        *    set a date, which must be at least 30 but not more than 60
             days after the date on which the dissenters' notice is
             delivered, by which Marquette must receive the payment
             demand, and

        *    be accompanied by a copy of Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331 of
             the WBCL.

                                    -70-





        A stockholder or beneficial stockholder who receives a
   dissenters' notice and wishes to exercise dissenters' rights must
   submit a payment demand certifying whether beneficial ownership was
   acquired before July 28, 1999, and must deposit the applicable stock
   certificates under the dissenters' notice.  A STOCKHOLDER OR
   BENEFICIAL STOCKHOLDER WHO DOES NOT DEMAND PAYMENT IN THIS MANNER WILL
   NOT BE ENTITLED TO PAYMENT FOR THEIR COMMON STOCK.  Upon receipt of an
   appropriate payment demand and the stock certificates from a
   dissenting stockholder who certified that beneficial ownership was
   acquired before July 28, 1999, Marquette will pay the dissenting
   stockholder, if that stockholder has complied with Section 180.1323 of
   the WBCL, Marquette's estimate of the fair value of the dissenting
   stockholder's common stock plus accrued interest, if any, from the
   date the reorganization is consummated.  Upon receipt of the payment
   demand and the stock certificates from a dissenting stockholder who
   did not certify that beneficial ownership was acquired before July 28,
   1999, Marquette may choose to withhold payment required by Section
   180.1325 of the WBCL from the dissenting stockholder and must offer to
   purchase the dissenting stockholder's shares at a price based upon
   Marquette's estimate of the fair value of the dissenting stockholder's
   common stock plus accrued interest, if any.

        The payment must be accompanied by all of the following:

        *    Marquette's latest available financial statements, audited
             and including footnote disclosure, if available, including a
             balance sheet as of the end of a fiscal year ended not more
             than 16 months before the date of payment, an income
             statement for that year, a statement of changes in
             stockholders' equity for that year and the latest available
             interim financial statements, if any,

        *    Marquette's estimate of the fair value of the common stock,

        *    an explanation of how interest was calculated,

        *    a statement of the dissenting stockholder's right to demand
             payment under Section 180.1328 of the WBCL if dissatisfied
             with the payment, and

        *    A copy of Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331 of the WBCL.

        Within 30 days after receipt of the payment or offer, the
   dissenting stockholder must either accept the payment or offer or
   notify Marquette in writing of the stockholder's estimate of the fair
   value of the common stock and accrued interest and demand payment of
   the stockholder's estimate less any payment previously received.  If
   Marquette fails to make payment to a person within 60 days after the
   date set for demanding payment, the person may notify Marquette in
   writing of the person's own estimate of the fair value of the person's
   common stock and accrued interest and demand payment of the
   stockholder's estimate.  If a dissenting stockholder and Marquette

                                    -71-





   cannot agree as to the fair value of the common stock, Marquette must,
   within 60 days after receiving the payment demand, commence a special
   proceeding in the Circuit Court of Milwaukee County, Wisconsin to
   determine the fair value of the common stock and accrued interest.  If
   Marquette fails to commence this proceeding within 60 days, Marquette
   must pay to each dissenting stockholder whose demand remains unsettled
   the amount each dissenting stockholder demands as fair value.  See
   "The Reorganization - Conditions to the Reorganization."

        If a Marquette stockholder validly perfects its rights to dissent
   from the reorganization and becomes entitled to a redemption of its
   common stock for fair value under the WBCL, Marquette would incur
   adverse federal income tax consequences if it redeems the
   stockholder's common stock.  Under the Internal Revenue Code, savings
   associations like Marquette are governed by special tax rules.  For
   many years, savings associations were permitted to deduct from taxable
   income, as a bad debt deduction, a percentage of their taxable income
   without consideration of their actual loan loss experience.  These
   deductions have accumulated and are commonly referred to as
   Marquette's untaxed bad debt reserve.  The repurchase of common stock
   from a stockholder that is not pro rata to all stockholders would
   require Marquette, in most cases, to record taxable income in excess
   of the amount of the price paid by Marquette to repurchase the common
   stock.  Marquette would incur a tax liability in excess of 50 percent
   of the purchase price for the common stock it buys back, assuming a
   marginal tax rate of 35 percent.

        The reorganization agreement provides, as a condition to
   completing the reorganization, that no stockholder validly exercise
   dissenters' rights.  Marquette's board of directors has discretion to
   waive this dissenters' rights condition.  A stockholder who validly
   exercises dissenters' rights may cause this condition to completion of
   the reorganization not to be satisfied, which could result in the
   reorganization being abandoned.  Marquette's board of directors would
   consider terminating the reorganization by assessing the cost of the
   adverse tax consequences associated with any potential bad debt
   recapture relative to the advantages of restructing under the stock
   holding company form of ownership.

   TAX CONSEQUENCES

        Marquette will receive an opinion of its special counsel, Schiff
   Hardin & Waite, Chicago, Illinois, as to the United States federal and
   Wisconsin state income tax consequences of the reorganization.  This
   opinion of counsel provides substantially that:

        *    the merger of Marquette Interim with and into Marquette will
             constitute a reorganization under Section 368 of the
             Internal Revenue Code, and the stock holding company,
             Marquette and Marquette Interim each will be a "party to a
             reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(b), if the
             merger of Marquette Interim with and into Marquette

                                    -72-





             qualifies as a statutory merger under applicable law and if
             after the transaction Marquette will hold substantially all
             of the assets of Marquette Interim and Marquette
             stockholders exchange solely for stock holding company
             voting stock at least 80 percent of the combined voting
             power of all classes of Marquette stock entitled to vote and
             at least 80 percent of all other classes of Marquette stock;


        *    no gain or loss will be recognized by Marquette stockholders
             on the exchange of Marquette common stock solely for the
             stock holding company common stock;

        *    no gain or loss will be recognized by the stock holding
             company on the receipt by it of Marquette common stock
             solely in exchange for stock holding company common stock;

        *    the tax basis of the stock holding company common stock
             received by Marquette's stockholders will be the same as the
             basis of Marquette common stock surrendered in exchange;

        *    the holding period of the stock holding company common stock
             to be received by Marquette stockholders will include the
             holding period of Marquette common stock surrendered in
             exchange;

        *    Marquette common stock was held as a capital asset on the
             date of the exchange; and

        *    no gain or loss will be recognized by Marquette stockholders
             as a result of conversion of their option to purchase common
             stock into options to purchase stock holding company common
             stock.

        This opinion will not be binding on the Internal Revenue Service
   and Wisconsin Department of Revenue, and there can be no assurance
   that the IRS will not contest the conclusions.  The opinion may be
   based in part upon factual assumptions and representations made, and
   certificates delivered, by Marquette, Marquette Financial and
   stockholders, officers and other persons, which representations and
   certificates Schiff Hardin & Waite will assume to be true, correct and
   complete.  If these representations or certificates are inaccurate,
   the opinion could be adversely affected.

        Each Marquette stockholder should consult his own tax counsel as
   to specific federal, state and local tax consequences of the
   reorganization, if any, to that stockholder.

   CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

        Marquette common stock is registered under Section 12 of the
   Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as administered by the OTS. Upon

                                    -73-





   consummation of the reorganization, the stock holding company common
   stock will be registered under the Section 12 of the Exchange Act as
   administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Exchange
   Act will apply to the stock holding company to the same degree that it
   currently applies to Marquette, except that the powers, functions and
   duties to administer and enforce the Exchange Act requirements
   regarding periodic and other reports, proxies, tender offers, and
   short swing profits, and other requirements of the Exchange Act that
   are vested in the OTS regarding securities of insured savings
   associations, including Marquette, are vested in the SEC regarding
   securities of business corporations, including the stock holding
   company.

   CONDITIONS TO THE REORGANIZATION

        The reorganization agreement describes conditions to the
   completion of the reorganization, including:

        *    approval of the reorganization agreement by the affirmative
             vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares
             of Marquette common stock;

        *    receipt of a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of tax
             counsel that the reorganization will be treated as a
             non-taxable transaction under the Internal Revenue Code and
             that no gain or loss will be recognized by the stockholders
             of Marquette upon the exchange of Marquette common stock
             solely for the stock holding company common stock;

        *    receipt of all required regulatory approvals, including
             those from the OTS, the WDFI and any other regulatory
             agencies; and

        *    valid exercise of dissenters' rights by a stockholder.

   Marquette's board of directors has discretion to waive the condition
   regarding dissenters' rights.

        Marquette Financial, which owns a majority of the outstanding
   shares of Marquette common stock, intends to vote its shares in favor
   of the reorganization agreement.  Marquette has received an opinion of
   tax counsel that the reorganization will be deemed to constitute a
   non-taxable transaction under the Code and that no gain or loss will
   be recognized by the stockholders of Marquette upon the exchange of
   Marquette common stock solely for the stock holding company common
   stock.

   AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR WAIVER

        Written amendment of the reorganization agreement may occur at
   any time if the amendment is not materially adverse to Marquette.


                                    -74-





        The reorganization agreement may be terminated:

        *    at the election of any party to the reorganization agreement
             if any condition of any party under the reorganization
             agreement is neither satisfied nor able to be satisfied and
             is not waived; or

        *    before the effective date by the mutual consent of the
             boards of directors of these parties.

   In the event of termination of the reorganization agreement, no party
   will have any further liability or obligation to any other party under
   the reorganization agreement.

        Any terms or conditions of the reorganization agreement may be
   legally waived at any time by the party which is entitled to said
   benefit.

   BUSINESS OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

        GENERAL.  The stock holding company currently has no business
   activities and is not expected to engage in any business activity
   other than to hold all of the voting stock of Marquette immediately
   after the reorganization. In the future, however, the stock holding
   company may pursue other investment opportunities, including possible
   diversification through mergers and acquisitions. Until the stock
   holding company pursues other investment opportunities, the
   competitive conditions to be faced by the stock holding company will
   be the same as those faced by Marquette.

        PROPERTY.  The stock holding company initially is not expected to
   own or lease real or personal  property.  Instead, it intends to
   utilize the premises, equipment and furniture of Marquette and will
   pay a rental fee to Marquette.

        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  The stock holding company is not a party to
   any legal proceeding.

        EMPLOYEES.  The stock holding company presently does not intend
   to employ any persons other than its management.  It will utilize the
   support staff of Marquette from time to time.  If the stock holding
   company acquires other savings institutions or pursues other lines of
   business, it may hire additional employees at that time.

   MANAGEMENT OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

        DIRECTORS.  The directors of the stock holding company are, and
   upon consummation of the reorganization will continue to be, the same
   persons who are the present directors of each of Marquette and
   Marquette Financial.  The three-year terms of the stock holding
   company's directors will be staggered to provide for the election of


                                    -75-





   approximately one-third of the board members each year, like those
   relating to Marquette.

        EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The executive officers of the stock holding
   company are, and upon consummation of the reorganization will continue
   to be, the same persons who are the present the executive officers of
   each of Marquette and Marquette Financial.

        REMUNERATION.  Until the stock holding company becomes actively
   involved in additional businesses, no compensation will be paid to its
   directors and officers in addition to compensation paid to them by
   Marquette.  However, the stock holding company may determine that
   separate and additional compensation is appropriate in the future.

        EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  As the directors and officers of the
   stock holding company will not initially be compensated by the stock
   holding company but will continue to be compensated by Marquette, no
   separate plans for directors and officers of the stock holding company
   are anticipated at this time.  The stock holding company will assume
   Marquette's stock option plan and Marquette's management recognition
   plan, which will continue to cover directors, officers and employees
   of Marquette on the same terms as under the plans as maintained by
   Marquette.  Marquette will continue to maintain its other benefit
   programs.

        INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.  OTS regulations
   provide for the indemnification of directors, officers and employees
   against legal and other expenses incurred in defending lawsuits
   brought or threatened against them by reason of their performance as a
   director, officer, or employee.  Indemnification may be made to the
   person only if final judgment on the merits is in his favor or in case
   of settlement, final judgment against him, or final judgment in his
   favor, other than on the merits, if a majority of the disinterested
   directors of the stock holding company determine that he was acting in
   good faith within the scope of his employment or authority as he could
   reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose
   he could have reasonably believed under the circumstances was in the
   best interests of the stock holding company or its stockholders.  If a
   majority of the disinterested directors of the stock holding company
   concludes that in connection with an action any person ultimately may
   become entitled to indemnification, the directors may authorize
   payment of reasonable costs and expenses arising from defense or
   settlement of the action.  The stock holding company is required to
   give the OTS at least 60 days notice of its intention to make
   indemnification, and no indemnification shall be made if the OTS
   objects to the stock holding company in writing.  The bylaws of the
   stock holding company reflect the OTS regulations on indemnification.
   The stock holding company plans to obtain insurance coverage for its
   directors and officers.

        To the extent that indemnification for liabilities arising under
   the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or

                                    -76-





   persons controlling the stock holding company, the stock holding
   company has been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this
   indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
   Securities Act and is unenforceable.  In addition, federal banking
   regulations restrict the stock holding company from indemnifying
   officers and directors for civil monetary penalties or judgments
   resulting from administrative or civil actions instituted by any
   federal banking agency, or any other liability or legal expense
   regarding any administrative proceeding or civil action instituted by
   any federal banking agency, which results in a final order or
   settlement in which that person is assessed a civil money penalty,
   removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of
   the affairs of an insured depository institution, or required to cease
   and desist from or take actions.

   COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS AND ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

        INTRODUCTION.  As a result of the reorganization, holders of
   Marquette common stock will become stockholders of the stock holding
   company.  The rights of these stockholders will be governed by federal
   law and OTS regulations and by the federal stock charter and bylaws of
   the stock holding company, as well as any conditions the OTS might
   impose in approving the reorganization.  The rights of Marquette
   stockholders are governed by Chapter 215 of the Wisconsin Statutes and
   the articles and bylaws of Marquette.  Differences arise from this
   change of governing law and the distinctions between Marquette's
   articles and bylaws and the stock holding company's charter and
   bylaws.  The following discussion is not intended to be a complete
   statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but
   summarizes significant differences.  The charter and bylaws of the
   stock holding company are attached as Exhibits B and C and should be
   reviewed for more information.

        A number of provisions in the articles and bylaws of Marquette
   and the charter and bylaws of the stock holding company deal with
   matters of corporate governance and the rights of stockholders.  The
   following discussion is a general summary and comparison of these
   provisions and other statutory and regulatory provisions, some of
   which might be deemed to have potential antitakeover effects.

        ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK.  Marquette's articles authorize the
   issuance of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per
   share. The articles of the stock holding company authorize the
   issuance of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per
   share, and 2,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, no par value
   per share. Following the reorganization, there will be the same number
   of shares of the holding company common stock outstanding as there
   were shares of Marquette common stock outstanding immediately before
   the reorganization.

        PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS.  The board of Marquette may declare and pay
   dividends, according to the orders and rules of the WDFI.  However,

                                    -77-





   Marquette has never paid any cash dividends on its capital stock.  See
   "Dividend Policy."

        OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions
   by savings associations, including cash dividends, payments to
   repurchase or otherwise acquire shares, payments to stockholders of
   another association in a cash-out merger and other distributions
   charged against capital.  The regulations establish three tiers of
   associations.  A Tier 1 Association exceeds all fully phased-in
   capital requirements before and after the proposed capital
   distribution and has not been advised by the OTS that it is in need of
   more than normal supervision.  This association could, after prior
   notice but without the approval of the OTS, make capital distributions
   during a calendar year up to the higher of:

        *    100 percent of its net income to date during the calendar
             year plus the amount that would reduce by one-half its
             "surplus capital ratio," the excess capital over its fully
             phased-in capital requirements, at the beginning of the
             calendar year, or

        *    75 percent of its net reserve over the most recent four-
             quarter period.

   Any additional capital distributions would require prior regulatory
   approval.  In computing the association's permissible percentage of
   capital distributions, previous distributions made during the prior
   four quarter period must be included.  As of March 31, 1999, Marquette
   met the requirements of a Tier 1 Association.  If Marquette's capital
   fell below its fully phased-in requirement or the OTS notified it that
   it was in need of more than normal supervision, its ability to make
   capital distributions could be restricted.  In addition, the OTS could
   prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any association, which
   would otherwise be permitted by regulation, if the OTS determines that
   this distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
   Moreover, under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations,
   Marquette would be prohibited from making any capital distribution if,
   after the distribution, Marquette would have a:

        *    total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8 percent,

        *    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4 percent, or

        *    leverage ratio of less than 4 percent or has a leverage
             ratio that is less than 3 percent if the association is
             rated composite 1 under the UFIRS rating system in the most
             recent examination of the association and is not
             experiencing or anticipating significant growth.

        Effective April 1, 1999, the OTS revised its capital distribution
   regulation.  Under the revised regulation, institutions that are not
   subsidiaries of a savings and loan holding company can qualify for a

                                    -78-





   capital distribution without a notice or application to OTS, if they
   meet specified conditions, including retaining a well-capitalized
   designation following the distribution and having CAMEL and compliance
   ratings of 1 or 2.  Other institutions either have to notify OTS or
   obtain the OTS' approval, depending on the condition of the
   institution and the amount and nature of the capital distribution, but
   these institutions may now file a schedule of proposed capital
   distributions for a year at a time, rather than filing separate
   notices.

        The board of the stock holding company may declare and pay
   dividends on its outstanding shares of common stock out of funds
   legally available, as permitted by its charter and OTS regulations.
   The stock holding company board without stockholder approval can issue
   preferred stock with dividend rights.  If preferred stock is issued,
   the holders may have priority over common stockholders regarding
   dividends.

        After the reorganization, the stock holding company's principal
   source of income will initially consist of its equity in the earnings,
   if any, of Marquette.  Although there will not be the above dividend
   restrictions regarding dividend payments to its stockholders on the
   stock holding company, the restrictions on Marquette's ability to pay
   dividends to the stock holding company will continue in effect.

        The payment of future cash dividends by Marquette, and by the
   stock holding company, will continue to depend upon Marquette's
   earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, as well as
   regulatory considerations.  The declaration of dividends by Marquette
   or the stock holding company is in the discretion of the board of
   directors of these organizations.

        SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Special meetings of
   Marquette's stockholders may be called by the Chairperson of the Board
   or the President.  At the written request of the holders of at least
   ten percent of the common stock entitled to vote at the meeting or of
   a majority of the board of directors, a special meeting will be called
   to be held within 60 days after the delivery of this request.  Special
   meetings of the stock holding company's stockholders may be called by
   the Chairman of the Board, the President or a majority of the board of
   directors and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the
   President, or the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of
   at least ten percent of all outstanding capital stock entitled to vote
   at said meetings.

        CUMULATIVE VOTING.  Cumulative voting entitles a stockholder to
   cast a number of votes in the election of directors equal to the
   number of the stockholder's shares of common stock multiplied by the
   number of directors to be elected, and to distribute the votes among
   one or more of the nominees to be elected.  The articles of Marquette
   do not provide for cumulative voting.  The charter of the stock
   holding company states that cumulative voting for the election of

                                    -79-





   directors is not permitted.  The absence of cumulative voting rights
   means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted at a meeting
   of stockholders may elect all directors of Marquette and the stock
   holding company, precluding minority stockholder representation on
   Marquette's and the stock holding company's boards of directors.
   Because Marquette Financial owns a majority of Marquette common stock,
   and will own a majority of the common stock of the stock holding
   company, Marquette Financial is able to elect all of the directors of
   Marquette's board of directors, and after the reorganization will be
   able to elect all of the members of the stock holding company's board
   of directors.

        RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS TO DISSENT.  Stockholders of Marquette may
   assert dissenters' rights regarding business combinations involving
   Marquette if a Marquette stockholder does not vote in favor of the
   business combination and complies with the requirements of the WBCL.
   Stockholders of Marquette may assert dissenters' rights in connection
   with the reorganization.  See "- Dissenters' Rights."  Management
   believes that the OTS may require that the stock holding company
   provide dissenters' rights similar to those applicable to federal
   savings associations, although the stock holding company will not
   provide these rights if the OTS does not require it to do so.
   Stockholders of a federal thrift have dissenters' rights combinations
   of the association if the stockholder has not voted in favor of the
   combination and complies with the procedural requirements of federal
   regulations.  A stockholder of the association does not have
   dissenters' rights, if, generally, the stockholder receives cash
   and/or securities listed on a national securities exchange in exchange
   for association securities in the combination, and the association's
   stock is listed on a national securities exchange or stockholder
   approval of the combination is not required.

        RESTRICTIONS IN THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS.
   A number of provisions of the stock holding company's charter and
   bylaws deal with matters of corporate governance and rights of
   stockholders.  The following discussion is a general summary of
   provisions of the stock holding company's charter and bylaws and other
   statutory and regulatory provisions relating to stock ownership and
   transfers, and business combinations, which might be deemed to have
   potential anti-takeover effects.  These provisions may have the effect
   of discouraging a future takeover attempt or change of control which
   is not approved by the board of directors but which a majority of
   individual stock holding company stockholders may deem to be in their
   best interests or in which stockholders may receive a substantial
   premium for their shares over then current market prices.  As a
   result, stockholders who desire to participate in the a transaction
   may not have an opportunity to do so.  These provisions will also
   render the removal of the current board of directors or management of
   the stock holding company more difficult.  The following description
   of the material provisions of the charter and bylaws of the stock
   holding company is necessarily general and reference should be made in


                                    -80-





   each case to the charter and bylaws, which are attached as Exhibits B
   and C.

        LIMITATION ON VOTING RIGHTS.  The charter of the stock holding
        company provides that, for a period of five years from the
        effective date of Marquette's mutual-to-stock conversion, no
        person, other than Marquette Financial, may directly or
        indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership
        of more than 10 percent of any class of equity security of the
        stock holding company.  Each share beneficially owned in
        violation of this percentage limitation will not be counted as
        shares entitled to vote, will not be voted by any person or
        counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted
        to stockholders for a vote.  The limitation does not apply to a
        transaction in which the stock holding company forms a holding
        company without change in the beneficial ownership interest of
        its stockholders; the purchase of shares by underwriters in
        connection with a public offering; or the purchase of shares by a
        tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan.  Also, during this
        five-year period, stockholders may not cumulate their votes for
        election of directors.

        LIMITATION ON CALLING SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  During
        this five-year period, special meetings of stockholders relating
        to changes in control of the stock holding company or amendments
        to its charter will be called only at the direction of the board
        of directors.

        MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY OWNERSHIP.  So long as Marquette Financial
   is in existence, Marquette Financial must own at least a majority of
   the outstanding voting stock of Marquette, and following the
   reorganization, of the stock holding company.  Marquette Financial
   currently is able to elect Marquette's directors and direct the
   affairs and business operations of Marquette, and after the
   reorganization, will be able to elect the stock holding company's
   directors and direct the affairs and business operations of the stock
   holding company.

        AMENDMENT OF THE BYLAWS AND CHARTER.  Marquette's bylaws may be
   amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative
   vote of a majority of all votes cast at a stockholders meeting or by
   the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors present
   at a directors meeting where a quorum is present.  The stock holding
   company's bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of the votes cast
   at a stockholders meeting or by a majority vote of the authorized
   board of directors.  Amendment of each of the Marquette and stock
   holding company bylaws requires applicable regulatory approval.  In
   general, the stock holding company charter may not be amended without
   proposal by the board, approval by a majority of the votes of the
   stockholders eligible to be cast at a stockholders meeting, unless a
   higher vote is required, and approval or preapproval by the OTS.


                                    -81-





   REGULATION OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

        The stock holding company will be registered with and will be
   examined and supervised by the OTS.  The operations of the stock
   holding company will be governed by the HOLA and regulations
   promulgated by the OTS.  The stock holding company will be regulated
   as a mutual holding company within the meaning of the HOLA.  The
   activities of a mutual holding company are generally limited to those
   permitted for multiple savings and loan holding companies and bank
   holding companies, namely, activities closely related to banking.  The
   stock holding company will have broader powers than its parent mutual
   holding company, including the ability to invest in service
   corporations.  The powers and restrictions relating to the stock
   holding company are discussed in detail below.

        Under Section 10(o) of the HOLA, a mutual holding company,
   including the stock holding company, may engage only in:

        *    investing in the stock of a savings association;

        *    acquiring a mutual association through the merger of the
             association into a savings association subsidiary of the
             holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary
             of the holding company;

        *    merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of
             whose subsidiaries is a savings association;

        *    investing in a corporation the capital stock of which is
             available for purchase by a savings association under
             federal law or under the law of any state where the
             subsidiary savings association or associations have their
             home offices;

        *    furnishing or performing management services for a savings
             association subsidiary of the holding company;

        *    holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired
             from a savings association subsidiary of the company;

        *    holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings
             association subsidiary of the company;

        *    acting as trustee under a deed of trust;

        *    any activity that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation,
             has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies
             under Section 4(c) of the BHC Act, unless the Director of
             the OTS, by regulation, prohibits or limits any activity for
             savings and loan holding companies, or in which multiple
             savings and loan holding companies were authorized by
             regulation to directly engage on March 5, 1987; and

                                    -82-





        *    purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired relating
             to a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of the stock
             by the holding company is approved by the Director of the
             OTS.

   If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding
   company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting
   from the merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in
   activities listed above, and it has a period of two years to cease any
   non-conforming activities and divest any non-conforming investments.

        In addition to the activities described above, the stock holding
   company may utilize its authority under Section 10(o)(5) of the HOLA
   and 12 C.F.R. 575.10(a)(6) to acquire subsidiaries engaged in any
   activity authorized under 12 C.F.R. Part 559, namely, a service
   corporation, or  activities approved for service corporations of
   state-chartered savings associations in the state where the stock
   holding company's subsidiary has its home office.

        The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly
   or indirectly, from:

        *    acquiring control, as defined under the HOLA, of a savings
             association or a savings and loan holding company without
             prior OTS approval;

        *    acquiring or retaining more than 5 percent of the voting
             shares of a savings association or a savings and loan
             holding company which is not a subsidiary, with particular
             exceptions;

        *    acquiring through merger, consolidation or the purchase of
             assets, another savings association or any association
             holding company, or acquiring all or substantially all of
             the assets of any association or holding company without
             prior OTS approval; or

        *    acquiring control of an institution not insured by the FDIC.

   A savings and loan holding company may not acquire as a separate
   subsidiary an insured institution that has its principal office
   outside of the state where the principal office of its subsidiary
   institution is located, except in the case of emergency acquisitions
   approved by the FDIC,  if the holding company controlled, as defined,
   the insured institution as of March 5, 1987, or if the laws of the
   state in which the insured institution to be acquired is located
   specifically authorize a savings institution chartered by that state
   to be acquired by a savings institution chartered by the state where
   the acquiring savings institution or savings and loan holding company
   is located, or by a holding company that controls the state chartered
   institution.  No director or officer of a savings and loan holding
   company or person owning or controlling more than 25 percent of the

                                    -83-





   holding company's voting shares may, except with the prior approval of
   the OTS, acquire control of any savings association that is not a
   subsidiary of the holding company.  If the OTS approves said
   acquisition, the activities limitations that apply to multiple savings
   and loan holding companies, in the absence of supervisory exceptions,
   will apply to any holding company controlled by said officer, director
   or person.

        The stock holding company is restricted in all but a few cases in
   terms of activity applicable to its mutual holding company parent.
   Following is a summary of key OTS regulatory provisions applicable to
   the stock holding company.

        *    The stock holding company has the same restrictions as its
             mutual holding company parent for pledges of stock of the
             savings association subsidiary in that the proceeds of any
             loan secured by the savings association's stock must be
             infused into the savings association to increase the
             association's capital.

        *    The stock holding company has the same dividend waiver
             restrictions as those imposed on the savings association
             subsidiary.  In waiving any dividend paid by the stock
             holding company, the mutual holding company will be required
             to follow the same procedures it currently follows in
             waiving dividends paid by the savings association.

        *    The stock holding company has the same restrictions
             concerning indemnification and employment contracts as those
             imposed on its mutual holding company parent.

        *    The stock holding company must be federally chartered.  The
             requirements for the stock holding company's federal charter
             are described in OTS regulations, and the stock holding
             company's bylaws must follow the model bylaws for federal
             stock savings associations.  See "- Comparison of
             Stockholders Rights and Anti-takeover Provisions."

        *    The stock holding company will have the restrictions on the
             issuance of securities by savings association subsidiaries.
             Generally, the stock holding company may not issue stock to
             the public, whether by way of a merger or otherwise, without
             affording the mutual members a priority subscription right
             to purchase the stock.

        *    All stock offerings by the stock holding company must
             receive prior OTS approval.

        *    The stock holding company must own 100 percent of the stock
             of the subsidiary savings association.



                                    -84-





        *    The stock holding company will be permitted to engage in
             stock repurchase programs provided it complies with OTS
             regulations relating to repurchases by subsidiary savings
             associations.  Absent unusual circumstances, for purposes of
             the three year restriction on repurchases, the OTS will
             generally permit the stock holding company to 'tack on' or
             include the period that the shares initially issued by the
             savings association were outstanding.

        *    In the event of a mutual-to-stock conversion of the mutual
             holding company, minority stockholders of the stock holding
             company would be able to exchange their shares for shares of
             the converted mutual holding company in the same manner that
             minority stockholders of a subsidiary savings association
             currently are able.  The OTS will continue to use the "fair
             and reasonable" standard in evaluating the terms of the
             exchange.

   DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

        The stock holding company is authorized to issue 10,000,000
   shares of common stock having a par value of $.01 per share and
   2,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, no par value per share.

        COMMON STOCK.  The stock holding company currently will issue a
   number of shares common stock equal to the number of shares of
   Marquette common stock outstanding immediately before the
   reorganization, and will issue no shares of preferred stock in the
   reorganization.  Each share of the common stock will have the same
   relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each
   other share of common stock.

        The common stock of the stock holding company will represent
   nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type,
   and will not be insured by the FDIC or any government agency.

        DIVIDENDS.  The payment of dividends by the stock holding company
   may be limited by law and applicable regulations.  The holders of the
   stock holding company common stock will be entitled to receive and
   share equally in the dividends as may be declared by the board of
   directors of the stock holding company out of funds legally available.
   If the stock holding company issues preferred stock, the holders of
   the preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of the common
   stock regarding dividends.

        VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of the stock holding company common
   stock will possess exclusive voting rights in the stock holding
   company.  They will elect the stock holding company's board of
   directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to
   them under OTS Rules and Regulations or as are otherwise presented to
   them by the board of directors.  If the stock holding company issues


                                    -85-





   preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess
   voting rights.

        LIQUIDATION. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or
   winding up of Marquette, the stock holding company, as holder of
   Marquette's capital stock, would be entitled to receive, after payment
   or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Marquette,
   including all deposit accounts and accrued interest, all assets of
   Marquette available for distribution.  In the event of liquidation,
   dissolution or winding up of the stock holding company, the holders of
   its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or
   provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, for
   distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having
   preference over the common stock, in cash or in kind, the assets of
   the stock holding company available for distribution.  If preferred
   stock is issued, the holders may have a priority over the holders of
   the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

        PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Holders of the stock holding company common
   stock will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any
   shares which may be issued.

        PREFERRED STOCK.  None of the shares of the stock holding
   company's authorized preferred stock will be issued in the
   reorganization.  This stock may be issued with the preferences and
   designations as the board of directors may from time to time
   determine.  The board of directors can, without stockholder approval,
   issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and
   conversion rights which could dilute the voting authority of the
   holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an
   unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

   ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

        The reorganization will be treated similar to a pooling of
   interests for financial accounting purposes.  Therefore, the
   consolidated capitalization, assets, liabilities, income and financial
   statements of the stock holding company immediately following the
   reorganization will be substantially the same as those of Marquette
   immediately before the consummation of the reorganization, all of
   which will be shown on the stock holding company's books at their
   historical recorded values. Since the reorganization will not result
   in a change in consolidated financial statements, this document does
   not include consolidated financial statements of Marquette or the
   stock holding company.

                            STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

        If the reorganization is not completed, any stockholder proposal
   intended for inclusion in Marquette's proxy statement and proxy card
   relating to Marquette's 2000 annual meeting of stockholders must be


                                    -86-





   received by the Secretary of Marquette by February 23, 2000, under the
   proxy soliciting regulations of the SEC.

                     WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        This proxy statement is also a prospectus of the stock holding
   company delivered in compliance with the Securities Act.  A
   registration statement under the Securities Act has been filed by the
   stock holding company with the SEC regarding the shares of common
   stock offered. This proxy statement/prospectus does not contain all
   the information in the registration statement, parts of which are
   omitted under SEC rules and regulations.  The registration statement
   may be inspected and copied at the public rooms of the SEC in
   Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois.  Please
   call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for more information on the public
   reference rooms.  Copies of all or any part of the registration
   statement may be obtained upon payment of a fee prescribed by the SEC.
   The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains
   SEC filings.  The registration statement contains more information
   about the stock holding company and the common stock offered.

        Marquette also has filed with the OTS an application to form a
   mid-tier holding company on Form H-(e)1.  This proxy statement/
   prospectus does not contain all the information contained in this
   application, parts of which are omitted under the rules and
   regulations of the OTS.  This application may be inspected at the
   offices of the OTS without charge, namely, at the principal office of
   the OTS in Washington, D.C. and at the office of the Regional Director
   of the Central Region of the OTS located in Chicago, Illinois.  Copies
   of all or any part of the application may be obtained upon payment of
   a fee prescribed by the OTS.

        For more information about the stock holding company and the
   common stock offered, reference is made to the registration statement
   and the application, including their exhibits.  The summaries or
   descriptions of documents, statutes or regulations in this proxy
   statement/prospectus do not purport to be complete.  Reference is made
   to the copies of documents attached to this proxy statement/prospectus
   or otherwise filed as part of the registration statement or the
   application and to statutes or regulations for a full and complete
   statement of their provisions, and the summaries and descriptions are
   qualified in their entirety by this reference.

        The proxy statement has been filed by Marquette with the OTS
   under the Exchange Act.  Marquette also has filed reports and other
   information with the OTS under the Exchange Act. This information can
   be inspected and copied at the OTS.

                            FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Marquette's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders was previously
   furnished to stockholders and includes Marquette's financial

                                    -87-





   statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.  These financial
   statements include consolidated statements of financial condition,
   income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows.  Any present
   Marquette stockholder who did not receive this Annual Report or
   requires another copy will be furnished with a copy without charge
   upon request to Mr. Gary J. Sparza, Secretary of Marquette, at 10533
   West National Avenue, West Allis, Wisconsin 53227.

                         FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Particular statements in this proxy statement/prospectus
   constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section
   21E under the Exchange Act.  Forward-looking statements may be made
   regarding Marquette's pricing and fee trends, credit quality and
   outlook, new business results, expansion plans, and anticipated
   expenses.  Marquette intends these forward-looking statements to be
   within the safe harbor created by the Exchange Act and is including
   this statement to avail itself of these safe harbor provisions.
   Forward-looking statements, which are based on assumptions and
   describe future plans, strategies and expectations of Marquette, are
   identified by statements containing words and phrases, including
   "may," "project," "are confident," "should be," "will be," "predict,"
   "believe," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "anticipate" and similar
   expressions.  These forward-looking statements reflect Marquette's
   current views regarding future events and financial performance, but
   are conditioned upon many uncertainties and factors relating to
   Marquette's operations and business environment, which could change at
   any time and which could cause actual results to differ materially
   from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        There are inherent difficulties in predicting factors that may
   affect the accuracy of forward-looking statements.  Potential risks
   and uncertainties that may affect Marquette's operations, performance,
   development and business results include the following:

        *    the risk of adverse changes in business conditions in the
             banking industry generally and in the specific markets in
             which Marquette's subsidiary bank operates;

        *    changes in the legislative and regulatory environment that
             result in increased competition or operating expenses;

        *    changes in interest rates and changes in monetary and fiscal
             policies;

        *    increased competition from other financial and non-financial
             institutions;

        *    factors that may affect Marquette's ability, or the ability
             of its customer or suppliers, to achieve year 2000 readiness
             in a timely manner, including the ability of its vendors,
             clients, counter-parties and customers to complete their

                                    -88-





             year 2000 renovation efforts on a timely basis and in manner
             that allows them to continue normal business operations or
             furnish products, services or data to Marquette without
             disruption, and Marquette's ability to accurately evaluate
             the year 2000 readiness of its vendors, clients, counter-
             parties and customers in this regard and, where necessary
             develop and implement effective contingency plans;

        *    the competitive impact of technological advances in the
             conduct of the banking business; and

        *    other risks disclosed from time to time in Marquette's
             filings with the OTS.

   These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating
   forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on
   these statements.  Marquette does not assume any obligation to update
   or revise any forward-looking statements after the date on which they
   are made.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the stock holding company common stock to be
   issued in the reorganization will passed upon for the stock holding
   company by Schiff Hardin & Waite, Chicago, Illinois.




























                                    -89-






                                                                EXHIBIT A
                                                                ---------

                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

                    AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


        THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, dated as of December
   14, 1999, is entered into by and among MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A., a
   Wisconsin chartered stock savings association (the "Association"),
   MARQUETTE CAPITAL HOLDING COMPANY, INC., a federally-chartered capital
   stock corporation (the "Stock Holding Company"), and MARQUETTE INTERIM
   FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, a to-be-formed interim federal stock savings
   bank ("Interim").

        The parties hereto desire to enter into an Agreement and Plan of
   Reorganization whereby the corporate structure of the Association will
   be reorganized into the stock holding company form of ownership.  The
   result of such reorganization will be that immediately after the
   Effective Date (as defined in Article V below), all of the issued and
   outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the
   Association will be held by the Stock Holding Company, and the holders
   of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the
   Association will become the holders of the issued and outstanding
   shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company.

        The Association has determined to undertake the reorganization
   for several business purposes.  As a savings association, the
   Association cannot repurchase its stock in the open market without
   incurring significant adverse tax consequences.  By reorganizing under
   a Stock Holding Company structure, the Stock Holding Company, unlike
   the Association, can repurchase its stock in the open market without
   adverse tax consequences.  The Board of Directors of the Association
   has determined that having the ability to repurchase shares in the
   open market is important in that it provides liquidity for the shares,
   since the Stock Holding Company would be making a market in its
   shares, provides the Association with the opportunity to take
   advantage of the current price for its stock in the marketplace and
   gives the Association another technique for managing its capital.  In
   addition, having the Stock Holding Company gives the Association added
   flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions and conducting its
   operations.

        The reorganization of the Association will be accomplished by the
   following steps: (1) the formation by the Association of the Stock
   Holding Company as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Association, (2)
   the formation by the Stock Holding Company of Interim as a wholly
   owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company and (3) the merger of
   Interim with and into the Association, with the Association as the
   surviving savings association.  Under the terms of the merger: (i)
   each of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the

                                     A-1





   Association shall be converted by operation of law into an equal
   number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Stock
   Holding Company and (ii) each of the issued and outstanding shares of
   common stock of Interim shall automatically be converted by operation
   of law into an equal number of issued and outstanding shares of common
   stock of the Association.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein,
   at any time prior to the Effective Date, the Association shall be
   entitled to revise the structure of the merger or other transactions
   contemplated hereby or the manner of effecting such transactions;
   provided, that each of the transactions comprising such revised
   structure or manner shall not, as a result of such revision, subject
   any of the stockholders of the Association to adverse tax
   consequences.  This agreement and any related documents shall be
   appropriately amended in order to reflect any such revised structure.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in order to consummate the transaction
   contemplated by this Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, and in
   consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth, the parties
   agree as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I

                       MERGER OF INTERIM WITH AND INTO
                     THE ASSOCIATION AND RELATED MATTERS
                     -----------------------------------

        1.1  On the Effective Date, Interim shall merge with and into the
   Association (the "Merger").  As a result of the Merger, the separate
   existence of Interim shall cease, and all the rights, franchises and
   property interests of Interim shall immediately and automatically, by
   operation of law and without any conveyance, transfer, or further
   action, be deemed to be transferred to the Association, which shall
   hold and enjoy same, in the same manner and to the same extent as
   Interim.  The Association shall be deemed to be a continuation of
   Interim.

        1.2  Following the Merger, the existence of the Association shall
   continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger, with all the rights,
   privileges, immunities and powers, and subject to all the duties and
   liabilities, of a savings association organized under Chapter 215 of
   the Wisconsin Statutes.  The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of
   the Association, as presently in effect, shall continue in full force
   and effect and shall not be changed in any manner whatsoever by the
   Merger.

        1.3  From and after the Effective Date, and subject to the
   actions of the Board of Directors of the Association, the business
   presently conducted by the Association shall continue to be conducted
   by it, as a wholly owned subsidiary of Stock Holding Company, and the
   present directors and officers of the Association shall continue in
   their present positions.  The home office of the Association in


                                     A-2





   existence immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue to be
   the home office of the Association from and after the Effective Date.

                                  ARTICLE II

                             CONVERSION OF STOCK
                             -------------------

        2.1  The terms and conditions of the Merger, and mode of carrying
   the same into effect, and the manner and basis of converting the
   common stock of the Association into common stock of the Stock Holding
   Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows.

             A.   On the Effective Date, each share of common stock, par
   value $0.01 per share, of the Association issued and outstanding
   immediately prior to the Effective Date shall automatically by
   operation of law be converted into and shall become one share of
   common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Stock Holding Company
   (the "Stock Holding Company Common Stock").  Each share of common
   stock of Interim issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
   Effective Date shall, on the Effective Date, automatically by
   operation of law be converted into and become one share of common
   stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Association and shall not be
   further converted into shares of the Stock Holding Company.
   Accordingly, from and after the Effective Date, all of the issued and
   outstanding shares of common stock of the Association shall be held by
   the Stock Holding Company.

             B.   On the Effective Date, the Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and the
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. Management Development and Recognition
   Plan (the "MRP") (collectively, the "Benefit Plans") shall
   automatically, by operation of law, be continued as Benefit Plans of
   the Association.  Each option to purchase shares of the Association's
   common stock under the Stock Option Plan outstanding at that time
   shall be automatically converted into an identical option, with
   identical price, terms and conditions, to purchase an identical number
   of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of shares of
   the Association common stock.  Similarly, each award under the MRP for
   Association common stock outstanding at that time shall be
   automatically converted into an identical award, with identical terms
   and conditions, to receive an identical number of shares of Stock
   Holding Company in lieu of shares of the Association common stock.

             C.   From and after the Effective Date, each holder of an
   outstanding certificate or certificates that, prior thereto,
   represented shares of the Association common stock, shall, upon
   surrender of the same to the designated agent of the Association, be
   entitled to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates
   representing the number of the whole shares of Stock Holding Company
   Common Stock into which the shares therefore represented by the
   certificate or certificates so surrendered shall have been converted,

                                     A-3





   as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1.  Until so
   surrendered, each such outstanding certificate which, prior to the
   Effective Date, represented shares of Association common stock shall
   be automatically deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of the
   equal number of whole shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock.
   Former holders of shares of Association common stock shall not be
   required to exchange their Association common stock certificates for
   new certificates evidencing the same number of shares of Stock Holding
   Company Common Stock.  If in the future the Stock Holding Company
   determines to effect an exchange of stock certificates, instructions
   shall be sent to all holders of record of Stock Holding Company Common
   Stock.

             D.   All shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock into
   which shares of the Association common stock shall have been converted
   pursuant to this Article II shall be deemed to have been issued in
   full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such converted shares.

             E.   On the Effective Date, the holders of certificates
   formerly representing the Association common stock outstanding on the
   Effective Date shall cease to have any rights with respect to the
   stock of the Association common stock, and their sole rights shall be
   with respect to the Stock Holding Company Common Stock into which
   their shares of the Association common stock shall have been converted
   by the Merger.

                                 ARTICLE III

                                 CONDITIONS
                                 ----------

        3.1  The obligations of the Association, Stock Holding Company
   and Interim to effect the Merger and otherwise consummate the
   transactions which are the subject matter hereof shall be subject to
   satisfaction of the following conditions.

             A.   To the extent required by applicable law, the holders
   of the outstanding shares of the Association common stock shall, at a
   meeting of the stockholders of the Association duly called, have
   approved this Agreement by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
   shares of the Association common stock.

             B.   Any and all approvals from the OTS, the Wisconsin
   Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Savings Institutions
   (the "WDFI") and the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other
   governmental agencies having jurisdiction necessary for the lawful
   consummation of the Merger and the issuance and delivery of Stock
   Holding Company Common Stock as contemplated by this Agreement shall
   have been obtained.

             C.   The Association shall have received either (i) a ruling
   from the Internal Revenue Service or (ii) an opinion from its tax

                                     A-4





   advisers to the effect that the Merger shall be treated as a non-
   taxable transaction under applicable provisions of the Internal
   Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that no gain or loss will be
   recognized by the stockholders of the Association upon the exchange of
   the Association common stock held by them or it, as the case may be,
   solely for Stock Holding Company Common Stock.

             D.   No shareholder of the Association shall have validly
   exercised dissenters' rights of appraisal, provided however, that the
   board of directors of the Association shall have discretion to waive
   this condition.

                                 ARTICLE IV

                                 TERMINATION
                                 -----------

        4.1  This Agreement may be terminated at the election of any of
   the parties hereto if any one or more of the conditions to the
   obligations of any of them hereunder shall not have been satisfied and
   shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not be waived.
   This Agreement also may be terminated at any time prior to the
   Effective Date by the mutual consent of the respective Boards of
   Directors of the parties.

        4.2  In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant
   to any of the foregoing provisions, no party shall have any further
   liability or obligation of any nature to any other party under this
   Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE V

                          EFFECTIVE DATE OF MERGER
                          ------------------------

        5.1  Upon satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with the
   provisions of this Agreement) of each of the conditions set forth in
   Article III, the parties hereto shall cause to be filed with the OTS
   and the WDFI Articles of Combination and such certificates or further
   documents as shall be required by the OTS and the WDFI, and with such
   other federal regulatory agencies as may be required.  Upon approval
   by the OTS and the WDFI and endorsement of such Articles of
   Combination by the OTS and the WDFI, the Merger and other transactions
   contemplated by this Agreement shall become effective.  The Effective
   Date for all purposes hereunder shall be the date of endorsement of
   the Articles of Combination by the OTS and the WDFI, provided that the
   date of endorsement is the same date, but if the date of endorsement
   is not the same date then the Effective Date shall be the later of the
   date of endorsement of the Articles of Combination by the OTS or the
   WDFI, as the case may be.



                                     A-5





                                 ARTICLE VI

                                MISCELLANEOUS
                                -------------

        6.1  Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, which
   legally may be waived, may be waived at any time by any party hereto
   that is entitled to the benefit thereof, or any of such terms or
   conditions may be amended or modified in whole or in part at any time,
   to the extent authorized by applicable law, by an agreement in
   writing, executed in the same manner as this Agreement.

        6.2  Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement may be
   amended or modified in whole or in part at any time, to the extent
   permitted by applicable law, rules, and regulations, by an amendment
   in writing, provided that any such amendment or modification is not
   materially adverse to the Association, the Stock Holding Company or
   their stockholders.  In the event that any governmental agency
   requests or requires that the transactions contemplated herein be
   modified in any respect as a condition of providing a necessary
   regulatory approval or favorable ruling, or that in the opinion of
   counsel such modification is necessary to obtain such approval or
   ruling, this Agreement may be modified, at any time before or after
   adoption thereof by the stockholders of the Association, by an
   instrument in writing, provided that the effect of such amendment
   would not be materially adverse to the Association, Stock Holding
   Company or their stockholders.

        6.3  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the
   laws of the United States and, where applicable, the laws of the State
   of Wisconsin.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization as of the date first above
   written.


                            MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

                            By:  /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer


                            MARQUETTE CAPITAL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
                            (In formation)

                            By:  /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     A-6





                            MARQUETTE INTERIM FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                            (In formation)

                            By:  /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 Richard A. Knisbeck
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer














































                                     A-7





                                                                EXHIBIT B
                                                                ---------


                            FEDERAL STOCK CHARTER

                   MARQUETTE CAPITAL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.


             Section 1.     Corporate Title.  The full corporate title of
   the MHC subsidiary holding company is Marquette Capital Holding
   Company, Inc.

             Section 2.     Domicile.  The domicile of the MHC subsidiary
   holding company shall be in the city of West Allis, in the state of
   Wisconsin.

             Section 3.     Duration.  The duration of the MHC subsidiary
   holding company is perpetual.

             Section 4.     Purpose and Powers.  The purpose of the MHC
   subsidiary holding company is to pursue any or all of the lawful
   objectives of a federal mutual holding company chartered under Section
   10(o) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1467a(o), and to
   exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred
   thereby and all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto,
   subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States as they are
   now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all
   lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of
   Thrift Supervision (the "Office").

             Section 5.     Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of
   all classes of the capital stock that the MHC subsidiary holding
   company has the authority to issue is 12,000,000, of which 10,000,000
   shares shall be common stock, par value $.01 per share, and of which
   2,000,000 shares shall be serial preferred stock, no par value per
   share.  The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by
   the board of directors without further approval of its shareholders,
   except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that
   such approval is required by governing law, rule, or regulation.  The
   consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full
   before their issuance and shall not be less than the par or stated
   value.  Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute
   payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the MHC
   subsidiary holding company.  The consideration for the shares shall be
   cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment
   in such property would be permitted to the MHC subsidiary holding
   company), labor or services actually performed for the MHC subsidiary
   holding company, or any combination of the foregoing.  In the absence
   of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor,
   or services, as determined by the board of directors of the MHC
   subsidiary holding company, shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such

                                     B-1





   consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and
   nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the
   retained earnings of the MHC subsidiary holding company that is
   transferred to common stock or paid-in capital accounts upon the
   issuance of shares as a stock dividend shall be deemed to be the
   consideration for their issuance.

             Except for shares issued in the initial organization of the
   MHC subsidiary holding company, no shares of capital stock (including
   shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of other
   securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers,
   directors, or controlling persons (except for shares issued to
   Marquette Financial, MHC, the parent mutual holding company (the
   "Mutual Holding Company")), of the MHC subsidiary holding company
   other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying
   shares to a director, unless their issuance or the plan under which
   they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total
   votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.

             Nothing contained in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary
   sections hereto) shall entitle the holders of any class or series of
   capital stock to vote as a separate class or series or to more than
   one vote per share, except as to the cumulation of votes for the
   election of directors, unless the charter otherwise provides that
   there shall be no such cumulative voting; PROVIDED, That this
   restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:

                  (i)  To any provision which would authorize the holders
   of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to elect some members
   of the board of directors, less than a majority thereof, in the event
   of default in the payment of dividends on any class or series of
   preferred stock;

                  (ii) To any provision that would require the holders of
   preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to approve the merger or
   consolidation of the MHC subsidiary holding company with another
   corporation or the sale, lease or conveyance (other than by mortgage
   or pledge) of properties or business in exchange for securities of a
   corporation other than the MHC subsidiary holding company if the
   preferred stock is exchanged for securities of such other corporation;
   PROVIDED, That no provision may require such approval for transactions
   undertaken with the assistance or pursuant to the direction of the
   Office or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

                  (iii)     To any amendment which would adversely change
   the specific terms of any class or series of capital stock as set
   forth in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto),
   including any amendment which would create or enlarge any class or
   series ranking prior thereto in rights and preferences.  As amendment
   which increases the number of authorized shares of any class or series
   of capital stock, or substitutes the surviving savings association in


                                     B-2





   a merger or consolidation for the MHC subsidiary holding company,
   shall not be considered to be such an adverse change.

             A description of the different classes and series (if any)
   of the MHC subsidiary holding company's capital stock and a statement
   of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and
   limitations of the shares of each class of and series (if any) of
   capital stock are as follows:

             A.   Common Stock.  Except as provided in this Section 5 (or
   in any supplementary sections hereto) the holders of the common stock
   shall exclusively possess all voting power.  Each holder of shares of
   common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such
   holder.

             Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set
   aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any
   class of stock having preference over the common stock as to payment
   of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund,
   retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such
   holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock,
   then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or
   series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends out
   of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends.

             In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up
   of the MHC subsidiary holding company, the holders of the common stock
   (and the holders of any class or series of stock to participate with
   the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to
   receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the MHC subsidiary holding
   company available for distribution remaining after:  (i) payment or
   provision for payment of the MHC subsidiary holding company's debts
   and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions in
   settlement of any liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or
   provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of
   stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation,
   dissolution, or winding up of the MHC subsidiary holding company.
   Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and
   be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common
   stock.

             B.   Preferred Stock.  The MHC subsidiary holding company
   may provide in supplementary sections to its charter for one or more
   classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified.  The
   shares of any class may be divided into and issued in series, with
   each series separately designated so as to distinguish the shares
   thereof from the shares of all other series and classes.  The terms of
   each series shall be set forth in a supplementary section to the
   charter.  All shares of the same class shall be identical except as to
   the following relative rights and preferences, as to which there may
   be variations between different series:


                                     B-3





             (a)  The distinctive serial designation and the number of
   shares constituting such series;

             (b)  The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid
   on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative
   and, if so, from which date(s), the payment date(s) for dividends, and
   the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to
   dividends;

             (c)  The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares
   of such series;

             (d)  Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable
   and, if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions on
   which, such shares may be redeemed;

             (e)  The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in
   the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or
   winding up of the MHC subsidiary holding company;

             (f)  Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to
   the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the
   purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount
   of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s)
   at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the
   application of such fund;

             (g)  Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible
   into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of
   stock of the MHC subsidiary holding company and, if so, the conversion
   price(s) or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if
   any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other
   terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

             (h)  The price or other consideration for which the shares
   of such series shall be issued; and

             (i)  Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or
   converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of
   serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as
   shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.

             Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall
   have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with
   all the other shares of the same series.

             The board of directors shall have authority to divide, by
   the adoption of supplementary charter sections, any authorized class
   of preferred stock into series and, within the limitations set forth
   in this section and the remainder of this charter, fix and determine
   the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so
   established.

                                     B-4





             Prior to the issuance of any preferred shares of a series
   established by a supplementary charter section adopted by the board of
   directors, the MHC subsidiary holding company shall file with the
   Secretary to the Office a dated copy of that supplementary section of
   this charter establishing and designating the series and fixing and
   determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

             Section 6.     Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the capital
   stock of the MHC subsidiary holding company shall not be entitled to
   preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the MHC subsidiary
   holding company which may be issued.

             Section 7.     Directors.  The MHC subsidiary holding
   company shall be under the direction of a board of directors.  The
   authorized number of directors, as stated in the MHC subsidiary
   holding company's bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than
   fifteen, except when a greater number is approved by the Director of
   the Office, or his or her delegate.

             Section 8.     Certain Provisions Applicable for Five Years.
   Notwithstanding anything contained in the MHC subsidiary holding
   company's charter or bylaws to the contrary, for a period of five
   years from the date of the Bank's reorganization into a Mutual Holding
   Company, the following provisions shall apply:

             A.   Beneficial Ownership Limitation.  No person, other than
   the Mutual Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to
   acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10 percent of
   any class of any equity security of the MHC subsidiary holding
   company.  This limitation shall not apply to a transaction in which
   the MHC subsidiary holding company forms a holding company without
   change in the respective beneficial ownership interests of its
   stockholders other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and
   appraisal rights, the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection
   with a public offering, or the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified
   employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the approval
   requirements under 574.3(c)(1)(vii) of the Office's regulations.

             In the event shares are acquired in violation of this
   Section 8, all shares beneficially owned by any person in excess of
   10% shall be considered "excess shares" and shall not be counted as
   shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or
   counted as voting shares in connection with any matters submitted to
   the stockholders for a vote.

             For the purposes of this Section 8, the following
   definitions apply:

             (1)  The term "person" includes an individual, a group
   acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
   joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or
   similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose

                                     B-5





   of acquiring, holding or disposing of the equity securities of the MHC
   subsidiary holding company.

             (2)  The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or
   otherwise acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for,
   or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a
   security for value.

             (3)  The term "acquire" includes every type of acquisition,
   whether affected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

             (4)  The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing
   participation in a joint activity or conscious parallel action towards
   a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (b)
   a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the
   securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract,
   understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangements, whether
   written or otherwise.

             B.   Cumulative Voting Limitation.  Stockholders shall not
   be permitted to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

             C.   Call for Special Meeting.  Special meetings of
   stockholders relating to changes in control of the MHC subsidiary
   holding company or amendments to its charter shall be called only upon
   direction of the board of directors.

        Section 9.     Amendment of Charter.  Except as provided in
   Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal of
   this charter shall be made, unless such is proposed by the board of
   directors of the MHC subsidiary holding company, approved by the
   shareholders by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast at a legal
   meeting, unless a higher vote is otherwise required, and approved or
   preapproved by the Office.





                            Attest:____________________________________
                                   Secretary of the MHC subsidiary
                                    holding company


                            By:________________________________________
                                President or Chief Executive Officer of
                                 the MHC subsidiary holding company


                            Attest:____________________________________
                                   Secretary of the Office of Thrift
                                    Supervision

                                     B-6






                            By:________________________________________
                                 Director of the Office of Thrift
                                  Supervision


                            Effective Date:____________________________














































                                     B-7





                                                                EXHIBIT C
                                                                ---------

                                   BYLAWS

                   MARQUETTE CAPITAL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

                           ARTICLE I - HOME OFFICE

             The home office of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc.
   (the "Subsidiary Holding Company") shall be at 10533 West National
   Avenue, West Allis, in the County of Milwaukee, in the State of
   Wisconsin.

                          ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

             SECTION 1.     PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All annual and special
   meetings of shareholders shall be held at the home office of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company or at such other convenient place as the
   board of directors may determine.

             SECTION 2.     ANNUAL MEETING.  A meeting of the
   shareholders of the Subsidiary Holding Company for the election of
   directors and for the transaction of any other business of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company shall be held annually within 150 days
   after the end of the Subsidiary Holding Company's fiscal year on the
   second Wednesday of August, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal
   holiday, then on the next day following which is not a legal holiday,
   at 10:00, or at such other date and time within the 150-day period as
   the board of directors may determine.

             SECTION 3.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the
   shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed
   by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Office"), may
   be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, or
   a majority of the board of directors, and shall be called by the
   chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary upon the
   written request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of
   the outstanding capital stock of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   entitled to vote at the meeting. Such written request shall state the
   purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home
   office of the Subsidiary Holding Company addressed to the chairman of
   the board, the president, or the secretary.

             SECTION 4.     CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.  Annual and special
   meetings shall be conducted in accordance with the most current
   edition of Robert's Rules of Order unless otherwise prescribed by
   regulations of the Office or these bylaws or the board of directors
   adopts another written procedure for the conduct of meetings. The
   board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman
   of the board or president to preside at such meetings.


                                     C-1





             SECTION 5.     NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice stating
   the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which
   the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than 20 nor more
   than 50 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by
   mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, the
   president, or the secretary, or the directors calling the meeting, to
   each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If
   mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in
   the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on
   the stock transfer books or records of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II with
   postage thereon prepaid.  When any shareholders' meeting, either
   annual or special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the
   adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original
   meeting.  It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and
   place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the
   business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement
   at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

             SECTION 6.     FIXING OF RECORD DATE.  For the purpose of
   determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
   meeting of shareholders or any adjournment, or shareholders entitled
   to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a
   determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board
   of directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any
   such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not
   more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not fewer
   than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action,
   requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a
   determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
   shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such
   determination shall apply to any adjournment.

             SECTION 7.     VOTING LISTS.  At least 20 days before each
   meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the
   stock transfer books for shares of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at
   such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical
   order, with the address and the number of shares held by each.  This
   list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company and shall be subject to inspection by any
   shareholder of record or such shareholder's agent at any time during
   usual business hours for a period of 20 days prior to such meeting.
   Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place
   of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder
   of record or any shareholder's agent during the entire time of the
   meeting. The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie
   evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer
   books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

             In lieu of making the shareholder list available for
   inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the

                                     C-2





   board of directors may elect to follow the procedures prescribed in
   Section 552.6(d) of the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in
   effect.

             SECTION 8.     QUORUM.  A majority of the outstanding shares
   of the Subsidiary Holding Company entitled to vote, represented in
   person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
   shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is
   represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may
   adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such
   adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented,
   any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
   meeting as originally notified.  The shareholders present at a duly
   organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment,
   notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute
   less than a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of
   the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to
   vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders,
   unless the vote of a greater number of shareholders voting together or
   voting by classes is required by law or the charter. Directors,
   however, are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election
   of directors.

             SECTION 9.     PROXIES. At all meetings of shareholders, a
   shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder
   or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.  Proxies may be
   given telephonically or electronically as long as the holder uses a
   procedure for verifying the identity of the shareholder.  Proxies
   solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by
   the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by
   a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
   than eleven months from the date of its execution except for a proxy
   coupled with an interest.

             SECTION 10.    VOTING OF SHARES IN THE NAME OF TWO OR MORE
   PERSONS.  When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in
   the absence of written directions to the Subsidiary Holding Company to
   the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Subsidiary
   Holding Company, any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in
   person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In
   the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or
   by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand,
   the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as
   directed by a majority of those holding such and present in person or
   by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if
   a majority cannot agree.

             SECTION 11.    VOTING OF SHARES OF CERTAIN HOLDERS.  Shares
   standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any
   officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may
   prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of
   directors of such corporation may determine.  Shares held by an

                                     C-3





   administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him
   or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such
   shares into his or her name.  Shares standing in the name of a trustee
   may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, but no
   trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a
   transfer of such shares into his or her name.  Shares held in trust in
   an IRA or Keogh Account, however, may be voted by the Subsidiary
   Holding Company if no other instructions are received.  Shares
   standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and
   shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such
   receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority to do
   so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public
   authority by which such receiver was appointed.

             A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to
   vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name
   of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote
   the shares so transferred.

             Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the
   Subsidiary Holding Company nor shares held by another corporation, if
   a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of
   directors of such other corporation are held by the Subsidiary Holding
   Company, shall be voted at any meeting, or counted in determining the
   total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of
   any meeting.

             SECTION 12.    NO CUMULATIVE VOTING.  Shareholders shall not
   be entitled to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

             SECTION 13.    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  In advance of any
   meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any
   persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to
   act at such meeting or any adjournment.  The number of inspector shall
   be either one or three.  Any such appointment shall not be altered at
   the meeting.  If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the
   chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of not
   fewer than 10 percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall,
   make such appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,
   the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three
   inspectors are to be appointed.  In case any person appointed as
   inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may
   be filled by appointment by the board of directors in advance of the
   meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the board or the
   president.

             Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office,
   the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of
   shares of stock and the voting power of each share, the shares
   represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the
   authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes,
   ballots, or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and

                                     C-4





   questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote;
   counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result;
   and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with
   fairness to all shareholders.

             SECTION 14.    NOMINATING COMMITTEE.  The board of directors
   shall act as a nominating committee for selecting the management
   nominees for election as directors.  Except in the case of a nominee
   substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a
   management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver written
   nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date of the
   annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a
   conspicuous place in each office of the Subsidiary Holding Company.
   No nominations for director except those made by the nominating
   committee shall be voted upon at the annual meeting unless other
   nominations by shareholders are made in writing and delivered to the
   secretary of the Subsidiary Holding Company at least five days prior
   to the date of the annual meeting.  Upon delivery, such nominations
   shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company.  Ballots bearing the names of all the
   persons nominated by the nominating committee and by shareholders
   shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.  However, if the
   nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days
   prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at
   the annual meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be
   voted upon.

             SECTION 15.    NEW BUSINESS.  Any new business to be taken
   up at the annual meeting shall be stated in writing and filed with the
   secretary of the Subsidiary Holding Company at least five days before
   the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed,
   and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting; but no other
   proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting.  Any shareholder
   may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be
   discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with
   the secretary at least five days before the meeting, such proposal
   shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special, or annual
   meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter.
   This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or
   disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors,
   and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business
   shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as
   herein provided.

             SECTION 16.    INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Any action
   required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other
   action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be
   taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the
   action so taken, shall be given by all of the shareholders entitled to
   vote with respect to the subject matter.



                                     C-5





                      ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

             SECTION 1.     GENERAL POWERS.  The business and affairs of
   the Subsidiary Holding Company shall be under the direction of its
   board of directors.  The board of directors shall annually elect a
   chairman of the board and a president from among its members and shall
   designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the
   president to preside at its meetings.

             SECTION 2.     NUMBER AND TERM.  The Board of Directors
   shall consist of five members and shall be divided into three classes
   as nearly equal in number as possible.  The members of each class
   shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors
   are elected and qualified. One class shall be elected by ballot
   annually.

             SECTION 3.     REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of the
   board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw
   following the annual meeting of shareholders.  The Board of Directors
   may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of
   additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

             Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a
   conference telephone or similar communications device through which
   all persons participating can hear each other at the same time.
   Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person for
   all purposes.

             SECTION 4.     QUALIFICATION.  Each director shall at all
   times be the beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital
   stock of the Subsidiary Holding Company unless the Subsidiary Holding
   Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

             SECTION 5.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the
   board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman
   of the board, the president, or one-third of the directors.  The
   persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors
   may fix any place, within the Subsidiary Holding Company's normal
   lending territory, as the place for holding any special meeting of the
   board of directors called by such persons.

   Members of the board of directors may participate in special meetings
   by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
   by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
   Such participation shall constitute presence in person for all
   purposes.

             SECTION 6.     NOTICE.  Written notice of any special
   meeting shall be given to each director at least 24 hours prior
   thereto when delivered personally or by telegram or at least five days
   prior thereto when delivered by mail at the address at which the
   director is most likely to be reached.  Such notice shall be deemed to

                                     C-6





   be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage
   prepaid if mailed, when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by
   telegram or when the Subsidiary Holding Company receives notice of
   delivery if electronically transmitted.  Any director may waive notice
   of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary.  The attendance
   of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such
   meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express
   purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the
   meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to
   be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of
   Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such
   meeting.

             SECTION 7.     QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors
   fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for
   the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors;
   but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of
   the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.
   Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as
   prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

             SECTION 8.     MANNER OF ACTING.  The act of the majority of
   the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall
   be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is
   prescribed by regulation of the Office or by these bylaws

             SECTION 9.     ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required
   or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be
   taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the
   action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

             SECTION 10.    RESIGNATION.  Any director may resign at any
   time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home
   office of the Subsidiary Holding Company addressed to the chairman of
   the board or the president.  Unless otherwise specified, such
   resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of
   the board or the president. More than three consecutive absences from
   regular meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by
   resolution of the board of directors, shall automatically constitute a
   resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the board
   of directors.

             SECTION 11.    VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring on the
   board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority
   of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of
   directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to
   serve until the next election of directors by the shareholders.  Any
   directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of
   directors may be filled by election by the board of directors for a
   term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by
   the shareholders.


                                     C-7





             SECTION 12.    COMPENSATION.  Directors, as such, may
   receive a stated salary for their services. By resolution of the board
   of directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of
   attendance, if any, may be allowed for actual attendance at each
   regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Members of
   either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation
   for attendance at committee meetings as the board of directors may
   determine.

             SECTION 13.    PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.  A director of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company who is present at a meeting of the board of
   directors at which action on any Subsidiary Holding Company matter is
   taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless
   his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of
   the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such
   action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before
   the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered
   mail to the secretary of the Subsidiary Holding Company within five
   days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.
   Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor
   of such action.

             SECTION 14.    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  At a meeting of
   shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be
   removed for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
   then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  Whenever the
   holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more
   directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections
   thereto, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the
   removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the
   holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of
   the outstanding shares as a whole.


                 ARTICLE IV - EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

             SECTION 1.     APPOINTMENT.  The board of directors, by
   resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate the
   chief executive officer and two or more of the other directors to
   constitute an executive committee.  The designation of any committee
   pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not
   operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any
   responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

             SECTION 2.     AUTHORITY.  The executive committee, when the
   board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all
   of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if
   any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing
   the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee
   shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference
   to:  the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or
   bylaws of the Subsidiary Holding Company, or recommending to the

                                     C-8





   shareholders a plan of merger, consolidation, or conversion; the sale,
   lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
   property and assets of the Subsidiary Holding Company otherwise than
   in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary
   dissolution of the Subsidiary Holding Company; a revocation of any of
   the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of
   the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material
   beneficial interest.

             SECTION 3.     TENURE.  Subject to the provisions of section
   8 of this article IV, each member of the executive committee shall
   hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of
   directors following his or her designation and until a successor is
   designated as a member of the executive committee.

             SECTION 4.     MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the executive
   committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the
   executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special
   meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member
   thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the place, date,
   and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any
   member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and
   no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who
   attends in person.  The notice of a meeting of the executive committee
   need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

             SECTION 5.     QUORUM.  A majority of the members of the
   executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
   business at any meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee
   must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
   members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

             SECTION 6.     ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action
   required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a
   meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
   setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the
   members of the executive committee.

             SECTION 7.     VACANCIES.  Any vacancy in the executive
   committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the
   full board of directors.

             SECTION 8.     RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVAL.  Any member of the
   executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause
   by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.
   Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive
   committee at any time by giving written notice to the president or
   secretary of the Subsidiary Holding Company. Unless otherwise
   specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the
   acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
   effective.


                                     C-9





             SECTION 9.     PROCEDURE.  The executive committee shall
   elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules
   of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws.  It
   shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to
   the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next
   after the proceedings shall have occurred.

             SECTION 10.    OTHER COMMITTEES.  The board of directors may
   by resolution establish an audit, loan, or other committee composed of
   directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the
   conduct of the business of the Subsidiary Holding Company and may
   prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.


                            ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

             SECTION 1.     POSITIONS.  The officers of the Subsidiary
   Holding Company shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a
   secretary, and a treasurer or comptroller, each of whom shall be
   elected by the board of directors. The board of directors also may
   designate the chairman of the board as an officer.  The offices of the
   secretary and treasurer or comptroller may be held by the same person
   and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer
   or the comptroller.  The board of directors may designate one or more
   vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president.
   The board of directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of
   such other officers as the business of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   may require.  The officers shall have such authority and perform such
   duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or
   determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the
   officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to
   their respective offices.

             SECTION 2.     ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The officers of
   the Subsidiary Holding Company shall be elected annually at the first
   meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of
   the shareholders.  If the election of officers is not held at such
   meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible.
   Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected
   and qualified or until the officer's death, resignation, or removal in
   the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an
   officer, employee, or agent shall not of itself create contractual
   rights.  The Board of Directors may authorize the Subsidiary Holding
   Company to enter into an employment contract with any officer in
   accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall
   impair the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer at
   any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

             SECTION 3.     REMOVAL.  Any officer may be removed by the
   board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company will be served thereby, but such removal,


                                    C-10





   other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to any contractual
   rights, if any, of the person so removed.

             SECTION 4.     VACANCIES.  A vacancy in any office because
   of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, may be
   filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the
   term.

             SECTION 5.     REMUNERATION.  The remuneration of the
   officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.


             ARTICLE VI - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS

             SECTION 1.     CONTRACTS. To the extent permitted by
   regulations of the Office, and except as otherwise prescribed by these
   bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the Board of Directors
   may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Subsidiary Holding
   Company to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any
   instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Subsidiary Holding
   Company.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific
   instances.

             SECTION 2.     LOANS.  No loans shall be contracted on
   behalf of the Subsidiary Holding Company and no evidence of
   indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the
   Board of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to
   specific instances.

             SECTION 3.     CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  All checks, drafts, or
   other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of
   indebtedness issued in the name of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   shall be signed by one or more officers, employees, or agents of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company in such manner as shall from time to time
   be determined by the board of directors.

             SECTION 4.     DEPOSITS.  All funds of the Subsidiary
   Holding Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to
   time to the credit of the Subsidiary Holding Company in any duly
   authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.


          ARTICLE VII - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

             SECTION 1.     CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Certificates
   representing shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary Holding Company
   shall be in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors
   and approved by the Office.  Such certificates shall be signed by the
   chief executive officer or by any other officer of the Subsidiary
   Holding Company authorized by the Board of Directors, attested by the
   secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate
   seal or a facsimile thereof.  The signatures of such officers upon a

                                    C-11





   certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on
   behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the Subsidiary
   Holding Company itself or one of its employees.  Each certificate for
   shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise
   identified.  The name and address of the person to whom the shares are
   issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered
   on the stock transfer books of the Subsidiary Holding Company.  All
   certificates surrendered to the Subsidiary Holding Company for
   transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued
   until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been
   surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost or
   destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms
   and indemnity to the Subsidiary Holding Company as the board of
   directors may prescribe.

             SECTION 2.     TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Transfer of shares of
   capital stock of the Subsidiary Holding Company shall be made only on
   its stock transfer books.  Authority for such transfer shall be given
   only by the holder of record or by his or her legal representative,
   who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his
   attorney thereunto authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and
   filed with the Subsidiary Holding Company.  Such transfer shall be
   made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such
   shares.  The person in whose name the shares of capital stock stand on
   the books of the Subsidiary Holding Company shall be deemed by the
   Subsidiary Holding Company to be the owner for all purposes.


                         ARTICLE VIII - FISCAL YEAR

             The fiscal year of the Stock Holding Company shall end on
   the 31st day of March of each year.  The appointment of accountants
   shall be subject to annual ratification by the shareholders.


                           ARTICLE IX - DIVIDENDS

             Subject to the terms of the Subsidiary Holding Company's
   charter and the regulations and orders of the Office, the board of
   directors may, from time to time, declare, and the Subsidiary Holding
   Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.


                         ARTICLE X - CORPORATE SEAL

             The board of directors shall provide a Subsidiary Holding
   Company seal which shall be two concentric circles between which shall
   be the name of the Subsidiary Holding Company.  The year of
   incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.




                                    C-12





                           ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS

             These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with
   regulations of the Office and shall be effective after: (i) approval
   of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of
   directors, or by a majority vote of the votes cast by the shareholders
   of the Subsidiary Holding Company at any legal meeting, and (ii)
   receipt of any applicable regulatory approval.  When the Subsidiary
   Holding Company fails to meet its quorum requirements, solely due to
   vacancies on the board, then the affirmative vote of a majority of the
   sitting board will be required to amend the bylaws.


                        ARTICLE XII - INDEMNIFICATION

             The Subsidiary Holding Company shall indemnify its
   directors, officers and employees in accordance with the following
   requirements:

             SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  (a)
   The following definitions apply for purposes of this Article XII:

             (i)  ACTION.  The term "action" means any judicial or
        administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether
        civil, criminal or otherwise, including any appeal or other
        proceeding for review;

             (ii) COURT.  The term "court" includes, without limitation,
        any court to which or in which any appeal or any proceeding for
        review is brought.

             (iii) FINAL JUDGMENT.  The term "final judgment" means a
        judgment, decree or order that is not appealable or as to which
        the period for appeal has expired with no appeal taken.

             (iv) SETTLEMENT.  The term "settlement" includes entry of a
        judgment by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or nolo
        contendere.

             (b)  References in this Article XII to any individual or
        other person, including any savings bank, shall include legal
        representatives, successors and assigns thereof.

             SECTION 2.     INDEMNIFICATION.  Subject to Sections 3 and 7
   of this Article XII, the Subsidiary Holding Company shall indemnify
   any person against whom an action is brought or threatened because
   that person is or was a director, officer or employee of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company for:

             (a)  Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a
        judgment in such action; and


                                    C-13





             (b)  Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
        attorneys' fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in
        defending or settling such action, or in enforcing his or her
        rights under this Article XII if he or she attains a favorable
        judgment in such enforcement action.

             SECTION 3.     REQUIREMENTS FOR INDEMNIFICATION.
   Indemnification shall be made to such person under Section 2 of this
   Article XII only if:

             (a)  Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or


             (b)  In case of:

                  (i)  settlement;

                  (ii) final judgment against him or her; or

                  (iii)     final judgment in his or her favor, other
             than on the merits, if a majority of the disinterested
             directors of the Subsidiary Holding Company determines that
             he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his
             or her employment or authority as he or she could have
             reasonably perceived it under the circumstances and for a
             purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the
             circumstances was in the best interests of the Subsidiary
             Holding Company or its shareholders.

   However, no indemnification shall be made unless the Subsidiary
   Holding Company gives the Office at least 60 days' notice of its
   intention to make such indemnification.  Such notice shall state the
   facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement and any
   disposition of the matter by a court.  Such notice, a copy thereof and
   a certified copy of the resolution containing the required
   determination by the board of directors shall be sent to the Regional
   Director of the Office, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt
   thereof.  The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt.
   No such indemnification shall be made if the Office advises the
   Subsidiary Holding Company in writing, within such notice period, of
   his or her objection thereto.

             SECTION 4.     INSURANCE.  The Subsidiary Holding Company
   may obtain insurance to protect it and its directors, officers and
   employees from potential losses arising from claims against any of
   them for alleged wrongful acts, or wrongful acts committed in their
   capacity as directors, officers or employees.  However, the Subsidiary
   Holding Company may not obtain insurance that provides for payment of
   losses of any person incurred as a consequence of his or her willful
   or criminal misconduct.



                                    C-14





             SECTION 5.     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. If a majority of the
   directors of the Subsidiary Holding Company concludes that, in
   connection with an action, any person ultimately may become entitled
   to indemnification under this Article XII, the directors may authorize
   payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
   attorneys' fees, arising from the defense or settlement of such
   action.  Nothing in this Section 5 shall prevent the directors of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company from imposing such conditions on a payment
   of expenses as they deem warranted and in the interests of the
   Subsidiary Holding Company.  Before making advance payment of expenses
   under this Section 5, the Subsidiary Holding Company shall obtain an
   agreement that the Subsidiary Holding Company will be repaid if the
   person on whose behalf payment is made is later determined not to be
   entitled to such indemnification.

             SECTION 6.     EXCLUSIVENESS OF PROVISIONS.  The Subsidiary
   Holding Company shall not indemnify any person referred to in Section
   2 of this Article XII or obtain insurance referred to in Section 4 of
   this Article XII other than in accordance with this Article XII.

             SECTION 7.     STATUTORY LIMITATIONS.  The indemnification
   provided for in Section 2 of this Article XII is subject to and
   qualified by 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(k).

             SECTION 8.     SUBSEQUENT LEGISLATION OR REGULATION.  If law
   and regulations thereunder applicable to federal stock savings banks
   are amended to expand the indemnifications permitted to directors and
   officers of the Subsidiary Holding Company, then the Subsidiary
   Holding Company shall indemnify such persons to the extent permitted
   by such applicable law and regulations, as so amended.























                                    C-15





                                                                EXHIBIT D
                                                                ---------


                       DISSENTERS' RIGHTS PROVISIONS
                  OF THE WISCONSIN BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

                               SUBCHAPTER XIII
                             DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

   180.1301  DEFINITIONS.--In Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331:

        (1)  "Beneficial shareholder" means a person who is a beneficial
   owner of shares held by a nominee as the shareholder.

        (1m)  "Business combination" has the meaning given in Section
   180.1130(3).

        (2)  "Corporation" means the issuer corporation or, if the
   corporate action giving rise to dissenters' rights under Section
   180.1302 is a merger or share exchange that has been effectuated, the
   surviving domestic corporation or foreign corporation of the merger or
   the acquiring domestic corporation or foreign corporation of the share
   exchange.

        (3)  "Dissenter" means a shareholder or beneficial shareholder
   who is entitled to dissent from corporate action under Section
   180.1302 and who exercises that right when and in the manner required
   by Sections 180.1320 to 180.1328.

        (4)  "Fair value", with respect to a dissenter's shares other
   than in a business combination, means the value of the shares
   immediately before the effectuation of the corporate action to which
   the dissenter objects, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in
   anticipation of the corporate action unless exclusion would be
   inequitable. "Fair value", with respect to a dissenter's shares in a
   business combination, means market value, as defined in Section
   180.1130(9)(a)1 to 4.

        (5)  "Interest" means interest from the effectuation date of the
   corporate action until the date of payment, at the average rate
   currently paid by the corporation on its principal bank loans or, if
   none, at a rate that is fair and equitable under all of the
   circumstances.

        (6)  "Issuer corporation" means a domestic corporation that is
   the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter before the corporate
   action.

   180.1302  RIGHT TO DISSENT.--(1)  Except as provided in sub (4) and
   Section 180.1008(3), a shareholder or beneficial shareholder may


                                     D-1





   dissent from, and obtain payment of the fair value of his or her
   shares in the event of, any of the following corporate actions:

             (a)  Consummation of a plan of merger to which the
             issuer corporation is a party if any of the
             following applies:

                  1.  Shareholder approval is required for
                  the merger by Section 180.1103 or by the
                  articles of incorporation.

                  2.  The issuer corporation is a
                  subsidiary that is merged with its
                  parent under Section 180.1104.

             (b)  Consummation of a plan of share exchange if
             the issuer corporation's shares will be acquired,
             and the shareholder or the shareholder holding
             shares on behalf of the beneficial shareholder is
             entitled to vote on the plan.

             (c)  Consummation of a sale or exchange of all, or
             substantially all, of the property of the issuer
             corporation other than in the usual and regular
             course of business, including a sale in
             dissolution, but not including any of the
             following:

                  1.  A sale pursuant to court order.

                  2.  A sale for cash pursuant to a plan
                  by which all or substantially all of the
                  net proceeds of the sale will be
                  distributed to the shareholders within
                  one year after the date of sale.

             (d)  Except as provided in sub. (2), any other
             corporate action taken pursuant to a shareholder
             vote to the extent that the articles of
             incorporation, bylaws or a resolution of the board
             of directors provides that the voting or nonvoting
             shareholder or beneficial shareholder may dissent
             and obtain payment for his or her shares.

        (2)  Except as provided in sub. (4) and Section 180.1008(3), the
   articles of incorporation may allow a shareholder or beneficial
   shareholder to dissent from an amendment of the articles of
   incorporation and obtain payment of the fair value of his or her
   shares if the amendment materially and adversely affects rights in
   respect of a dissenter's shares because it does any of the following:



                                     D-2





             (a)  Alters or abolishes a preferential right of
             the shares.

             (b)  Creates, alters or abolishes a right in
             respect of redemption, including a provision
             respecting a sinking fund for the redemption or
             repurchase, of the shares.

             (c)  Alters or abolishes a preemptive right of the
             holder of shares to acquire shares or other
             securities.

             (d)  Excludes or limits the right of the shares to
             vote on any matter or to cumulate votes, other
             than a limitation by dilution through issuance of
             shares or other securities with similar voting
             rights.

             (e)  Reduces the number of shares owned by the
             shareholder or beneficial shareholder to a
             fraction of a share if the fractional share so
             created is to be acquired for cash under Section
             180.0604.

        (3)  Notwithstanding sub.(1)(a) to (c), if the issuer corporation
   is a statutory close corporation under Sections 180.1801 to 180.1837,
   a shareholder of the statutory close corporation may dissent from a
   corporate action and obtain payment of the fair value of his or her
   shares, to the extent permitted under sub. (1)(d) or (2) or Section
   180.1803, 180.1813(1)(d) or (2)(b), 180.1815(3) or 180.1829(1)(c).

        (4)  Except in a business combination or unless the articles of
   incorporation provide otherwise, subs. (1) and (2) do not apply to the
   holders of shares of any class or series if the shares of the class or
   series are registered on a national securities exchange or quoted on
   the national association of securities dealers, inc., automated
   quotations system on the record date fixed to determine the
   shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders meeting at which
   shareholders are to vote on the proposed corporate action.

        (5)  Except as provided in Section 180.1833, a shareholder or
   beneficial shareholder entitled to dissent and obtain payment for his
   or her shares under Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331 may not challenge
   the corporate action creating his or her entitlement unless the action
   is unlawful or fraudulent with respect to the shareholder, beneficial
   shareholder or issuer corporation.

   180.1303  DISSENT BY SHAREHOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL SHAREHOLDERS.--(1)  A
   shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer than all of the
   shares registered in his or her name only if the shareholder dissents
   with respect to all shares beneficially owned by any one person and
   notifies the corporation in writing of the name and address of each

                                     D-3





   person on whose behalf he or she asserts dissenters' rights. The
   rights of a shareholder who under this subsection asserts dissenters'
   rights as to fewer than all of the shares registered in his or her
   name are determined as if the shares as to which he or she dissents
   and his or her other shares were registered in the names of different
   shareholders.

        (2)  A beneficial shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to
   shares held on his or her behalf only if the beneficial shareholder
   does all of the following:

             (a)  Submits to the corporation the shareholder's
        written consent to the dissent not later than the time that
        the beneficial shareholder asserts dissenters' rights.

             (b) Submits the consent under par.(a) with respect to
        all shares of which he or she is the beneficial shareholder.

   180.1320  NOTICE OF DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.--(1)  If proposed corporate
   action creating dissenters' rights under Section 180.1302 is submitted
   to a vote at a shareholders' meeting, the meeting notice shall state
   that shareholders and beneficial shareholders are or may be entitled
   to assert dissenters' rights under Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331 and
   shall be accompanied by a copy of those sections.

        (2)  If corporate action creating dissenters' rights under
   Section 180.1302 is authorized without a vote of shareholders, the
   corporation shall notify, in writing and in accordance with Section
   180.0141, all shareholders entitled to assert dissenters' rights that
   the action was authorized and send them the dissenters' notice
   described in Section 180.1322.

   180.1321  NOTICE OF INTENT TO DEMAND PAYMENT.--(1)  If proposed
   corporate action creating dissenters' rights under Section 180.1302 is
   submitted to a vote at a shareholders' meeting, a shareholder or
   beneficial shareholder who wishes to assert dissenters' rights shall
   do all of the following:

             (a)  Deliver to the issuer corporation before the vote
        is taken written notice that complies with Section 180.0141
        of the shareholder's or beneficial shareholder's intent to
        demand payment for his or her shares if the proposed action
        is effectuated.

             (b)  Not vote his or her shares in favor of the
        proposed action.

        (2)  A shareholder or beneficial shareholder who fails to satisfy
   sub.(1) is not entitled to payment for his or her shares under
   Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331.



                                     D-4





   180.1322  DISSENTERS' NOTICE.--(1)  If proposed corporate action
   creating dissenters' rights under Section 180.1302 is authorized at a
   shareholders' meeting, the corporation shall deliver a written
   dissenters' notice to all shareholders and beneficial shareholders who
   satisfied Section 180.1321.

        (2)  The dissenters' notice shall be sent no later than 10 days
   after the corporate action is authorized at a shareholders' meeting or
   without a vote of shareholders, whichever is applicable.  The
   dissenters' notice shall comply with Section 180.0141 and shall
   include or have attached all of the following:

             (a)  A statement indicating where the shareholder or
        beneficial shareholder must send the payment demand and
        where and when certificates for certificated shares must be
        deposited.

             (b)  For holders of uncertificated shares, an
        explanation of the extent to which transfer of the shares
        will be restricted after the payment demand is received.

             (c)  A form for demanding payment that includes the
        date of the first announcement to news media or to
        shareholders of the terms of the proposed corporate action
        and that requires the shareholder or beneficial shareholder
        asserting dissenters' rights to certify whether he or she
        acquired beneficial ownership of the shares before that
        date.

             (d)  A date by which the corporation must receive the
        payment demand, which may not be fewer than 30 days nor more
        than 60 days after the date on which the dissenters' notice
        is delivered.

        (e) A copy of Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331.

   180.1323  DUTY TO DEMAND PAYMENT.--(1)  A shareholder or beneficial
   shareholder who is sent a dissenters' notice described in Section
   180.1322, or a beneficial shareholder whose shares are held by a
   nominee who is sent a dissenters' notice described in Section
   180.1322, must demand payment in writing and certify whether he or she
   acquired beneficial ownership of the shares before the date specified
   in the dissenters' notice under Section 180.1322(2)(c). A shareholder
   or beneficial shareholder with certificated shares must also deposit
   his or her certificates in accordance with the terms of the notice.

        (2)  A shareholder or beneficial shareholder with certificated
   shares who demands payment and deposits his or her share certificates
   under sub. (1) retains all other rights of a shareholder or beneficial
   shareholder until these rights are canceled or modified by the
   effectuation of the corporate action.


                                     D-5





        (3) A shareholder or beneficial shareholder with certificated or
   uncertificated shares who does not demand payment by the date set in
   the dissenters' notice, or a shareholder or beneficial shareholder
   with certificated shares who does not deposit his or her share
   certificates where required and by the date set in the dissenters'
   notice is not entitled to payments for his or her shares under
   Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331.

   180.1324  RESTRICTIONS ON UNCERTIFICATED SHARES.--(1) The issuer
   corporation may restrict the transfer of uncertificated shares from
   the date that the demand for payment for those shares is received
   until the corporate action is effectuated or the restrictions released
   under Section 180.1326.

        (2) The shareholder or beneficial shareholder who asserts
   dissenters' rights as to uncertificated shares retains all of the
   rights of a shareholder or beneficial shareholder, other than those
   restricted under sub. (1), until these rights are canceled or modified
   by the effectuation of the corporate action.

   180.1325  PAYMENT.--(1) Except as provided in Section 180.1327, as
   soon as the corporate action is effectuated or upon receipt of a
   payment demand, whichever is later, the corporation shall pay each
   shareholder or beneficial shareholder who has complied with Section
   180.1323 the amount that the corporation estimates to be the fair
   value of his or her shares, plus accrued interest.

        (2) The payment shall be accompanied by all of the following:

             (a)  the corporation's latest available financial
        statements, audited and including footnote disclosure if
        available, but including not less than a balance sheet as of
        the end of a fiscal year ending not more than 16 months
        before the date of payment, an income statement for that
        year, a statement of changes in shareholders' equity for
        that year and the latest available interim financial
        statements, if any.

             (b)  A statement of the corporation's estimate of the
        fair value of the shares.

             (c)  An explanation of how the interest was calculated.

             (d)  A statement of the dissenter's right to demand
        payment under Section 180.1328 if the dissenter is
        dissatisfied with the payment.

             (e)  A copy of Sections 180.1301 to 180.1331.

   180.1326  FAILURE TO TAKE ACTION.--(1) If an issuer corporation does
   not effectuate the corporate action within 60 days after the date set
   under Section 180.1322 for demanding payment, the issuer corporation

                                     D-6





   shall return the deposited certificates and release the transfer
   restrictions imposed on uncertified shares.

        (2)  If after returning deposited certificates and releasing
   transfer restrictions, the issuer corporation effectuates the
   corporate action, the corporation shall deliver a new dissenters'
   notice under Section 180.1322 and repeat the payment demand procedure.

   180.1327  AFTER-ACQUIRED SHARES.--(1)  A corporation may elect to
   withhold payment required by Section 180.1325 from a dissenter unless
   the dissenter was the beneficial owner of the shares before the date
   specified in the dissenters' notice under Section 180.1322 (2)(c) as
   the date of the first announcement to news media or to shareholders of
   the terms of the proposed corporate action.

        (2)  To the extent that the corporation elects to withhold
   payment under sub. (1) after effectuating the corporate action, it
   shall estimate the fair value of the shares, plus accrued interest,
   and shall pay this amount to each dissenter who agrees to accept it in
   full satisfaction of his or her demand. The corporation shall send
   with its offer a statement of its estimate of the fair value of the
   shares, an explanation of how the interest was calculated, and a
   statement of the dissenter's right to demand payment under Section
   180.1328 if the dissenter is dissatisfied with the offer.

   180.1328  PROCEDURE IF DISSENTER DISSATISFIED WITH PAYMENT OR OFFER.--
   (1)  A dissenter may, in the manner provided in sub. (2), notify the
   corporation of the dissenter's estimate of the fair value of his or
   her shares and amount of interest due, and demand payment of his or
   her estimate, less any payment received under Section 180.1325, or
   reject the offer under Section 180.1327 and demand payment of the fair
   value of his or her shares and interest due, if any of the following
   applies:

             (a)  The dissenter believes that the amount paid under
        Section 180.1325 or offered under Section 180.1327 is less
        than the fair value of his or her shares or that the
        interest due is incorrectly calculated.

             (b)  The corporation fails to make payment under
        Section 180.1325 within 60 days after the date set under
        Section 180.1322 for demanding payment.

             (c)  The issuer corporation, having failed to
        effectuate the corporate action, does not return the
        deposited certificates or release the transfer restrictions
        imposed on uncertificated shares within 60 days after the
        date set under Section 180.1322 for demanding payment.

        (2)  A dissenter waives his or her right to demand payment under
   this section unless the dissenter notifies the corporation of his or
   her demand under sub. (1) in writing within 30 days after the

                                     D-7





   corporation made or offered payment for his or her shares. The notice
   shall comply with Section 180.0141.

   180.1330  COURT ACTION.--(1)  If a demand for payment under Section
   180.1328 remains unsettled, the corporation shall bring a special
   proceeding within 60 days after receiving the payment demand under
   Section 180.1328 and petition the court to determine the fair value of
   the shares and accrued interest. If the corporation does not bring the
   special proceeding within the 60-day period, it shall pay each
   dissenter whose demand remains unsettled the amount demanded.

        (2)  The corporation shall bring the special proceeding in the
   circuit court for the county where its principal office or, if none in
   this state, its registered office is located. If the corporation is a
   foreign corporation without a registered office in this state, it
   shall bring the special proceeding in the county in this state in
   which was located the registered office of the issuer corporation that
   merged with or whose shares were acquired by the foreign corporation.

        (3)  The corporation shall make all dissenters, whether or not
   residents of this state, whose demands remain unsettled parties to the
   special proceeding.  Each party to the special proceeding shall be
   served with a copy of the petition as provided in Section 801.14.

        (4)  The jurisdiction of the court in which the special
   proceeding is brought under sub. (2) is plenary and exclusive. The
   court may appoint one or more persons as appraisers to receive
   evidence and recommend decision on the question of fair value. An
   appraiser has the power described in the order appointing him or her
   or in any amendment to the order. The dissenters are entitled to the
   same discovery rights as parties in other civil proceedings.

        (5)  Each dissenter made a party to the special proceeding is
   entitled to judgment for any of the following:

             (a)  The amount, if any, by which the court finds the
        fair value of his or her shares, plus interest, exceeds the
        amount paid by the corporation.

             (b) The fair value, plus accrued interest, of his or
        her shares acquired on or after the date specified in the
        dissenter's notice under Section 180.1322 (2)(c), for which
        the corporation elected to withhold payment under Section
        180.1327.

   180.1331  COURT COSTS AND COUNSEL FEES.--(1) (a) Notwithstanding
   Sections 814.01 to 814.04, the court in a special proceeding brought
   under Section 180.1330 shall determine all costs of the proceeding,
   including the reasonable compensation and expenses of appraisers
   appointed by the court and shall assess the costs against the
   corporation, except as provided in par. (b).


                                     D-8





             (b) Notwithstanding Sections 814.01 and 814.04, the
        court may assess costs against all or some of the
        dissenters, in amounts that the court finds to be equitable,
        to the extent that the court finds the dissenters acted
        arbitrarily, vexatiously or not in good faith in demanding
        payment under Section 180.1328.

        (2)  The parties shall bear their own expenses of the proceeding,
   except that, notwithstanding Sections 814.01 to 814.04, the court may
   also assess the fees and expenses of counsel and experts for the
   respective parties, in amounts that the court finds to be equitable,
   as follows:

             (a)  Against the corporation and in favor of any
        dissenter if the court finds that the corporation did not
        substantially comply with Sections 180.1320 to 180.1328.

             (b) Against the corporation or against a dissenter, in
        favor of any other party, if the court finds that the party
        against whom the fees and expenses are assessed acted
        arbitrarily, vexatiously or not in good faith with respect
        to the rights provided by this chapter.

        (3)  Notwithstanding Sections 814.01 to 814.04, if the court
   finds that the services of counsel and experts for any dissenter were
   of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated, the
   court may award to these counsel and experts reasonable fees to be
   paid out of the amounts awarded the dissenters who were benefitted.

























                                     D-9





                                   PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   Item 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

             The registrant's Bylaws provide for the following
   indemnification for its officers, directors, employees and agents.

             6.01 INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND
   AGENTS.  The association shall indemnify any present or former officer
   or director of the association to the extent permitted under Sections
   180.042 to 180.049 of the Wisconsin statutes or any present or former
   employee or agent of the association to the extent permitted under
   chapter 180 of the Wisconsin statutes.

   Item 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

        The exhibits and financial statements filed as part of this
   registration statement are as follows.

        (a)  Exhibits

             The Exhibit Index immediately precedes the attached
   exhibits.

        (b)  Financial Statement Schedules

             Not applicable.

        (c)  Report or Appraisal

             Not applicable.

   Item 22.  UNDERTAKINGS.

             (e)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
   under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to
   directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business
   issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small
   business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
   and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
   as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

             The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by
   means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a
   transaction, and the company being acquired therein, that was not the
   subject of and included in the registration statement when it became
   effective.





                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned directors and executive officers of Marquette
   Savings Bank, S.A., appoint Richard A. Knisbeck as our true and lawful
   attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our
   names in the capacities indicated below which said Richard A. Knisbeck
   may deem necessary or advisable to enable Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations
   and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in
   connection with this registration statement, including specifically,
   but not limited to, the power and authority to sign for us or any of
   us in our names in the capacities  indicated below the registration
   statement and any and all amendments, including post-effective
   amendments, thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that said
   Richard A. Knisbeck shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.






































                                     -2-





                                 SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
   registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
   meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused
   this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
   undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of West Allis,
   state of Wisconsin, on January 18, 2000.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                 MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

    <S>                                                          <C>
                                                                 By:   /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                                     Richard A. Knisbeck, President
                                                                        and Chief Executive Officer



     By: /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck                                 By: /s/ Gary J. Sparza
         --------------------------------------------               --------------------------------------------
            Richard A. Knisbeck, President, Chief                   Gary J. Sparza, Senior Vice President
              Executive Officer, Chairman of the                       and Secretary
              Board and Director
              (Principal Executive Officer)

     Date: January 18, 2000                                      Date: January 18, 2000


     By: /s/ Thomas X. Gatlin
         --------------------------------------------
           Thomas X. Gatlin
             Treasurer and Controller
             (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

     Date:  January 18, 2000


     By:                                                         By:
        --------------------------------------------                --------------------------------------------
        Frederick L. Berndt, Director                               Don M. Janke, Director


     Date:  _____________________, 2000                          Date: _________________________________, 2000



     By: /s/ Rhody J. Megal                                      By: /s/ Joseph H. Morgan
         --------------------------------------------              --------------------------------------------
         Rhody J. Megal, Director                                    Joseph H. Morgan, Director

     Date:  January 18, 2000                                     Date:  January 18, 2000
   </TABLE>








                                                               -3-





                                EXHIBIT INDEX
    Exhibit
    Number       Description of Document
    -------      -----------------------

    2.1          Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (incorporated
                 herein by reference to Exhibit A of proxy
                 statement/prospectus)

    3.1*         Articles of Incorporation of Marquette Savings Bank,
                 S.A.
    3.2*         Bylaws of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.

    5.1          Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite

    8.1          Tax Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite

    10.1*        Salary Continuation Agreement between Marquette
                 Savings Bank, S.A. and Don M. Janke, Chairman of the
                 Board

    10.2*        Employment Agreement between Marquette Savings Bank,
                 S.A. and Richard A. Knisbeck, Salary Continuation
                 Agreement and Amendment to Salary Continuation
                 Agreement
    10.3*        Employment Agreement between Marquette Savings Bank,
                 S.A. and Gary J. Sparza, Salary Continuation Agreement
                 and Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement

    10.4*        Employment Agreement between Marquette Savings Bank,
                 S.A. and Thomas X. Gatlin

    10.5         Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. 1998 Stock Option and
                 Incentive Plan

    10.6         Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. Management Development
                 and Recognition Plan
    13**         Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. 1999 Annual Report to
                 Stockholders

    21*          List of Subsidiaries

    23.1         Consent of Schiff Hardin & Waite (contained in its
                 opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).

    24.1         Power of Attorney (incorporated herein by reference to
                 the signature page of this registration statement).
    99.1         Form of proxy to be distributed to stockholders of
                 Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.


   *    Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-KSB for the fiscal
        year ended March 31, 1998 of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. under
        the same Exhibit Number.





   **   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-KSB for the fiscal
        year ended March 31, 1999 of Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. under
        the same Exhibit Number.



                                                              EXHIBIT 5.1
                                                              -----------



   Christopher J. Zinski
   Direct Dial:  (312) 258-5548

                                 _________________, 2000

   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   10533 West National Avenue
   West Allis, Wisconsin  53227

   Gentlemen:

        We refer to the proposed issuance and exchange of 2,377,852
   shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value (collectively, the "Shares"),
   of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc., a federally-chartered
   stock corporation to be formed (the "Company"), and to the Form S-4
   Registration Statement relating to the Shares (the "Registration
   Statement") that the Company proposes to file with the Securities and
   Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
   "Act").  The Shares will be issued in connection with the Agreement
   and Plan of Reorganization by and among Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.,
   a Wisconsin-chartered capital stock savings association ("Marquette"),
   the Company and Marquette Interim Federal Savings Bank, a federal
   stock savings bank to be formed ("Interim") ("the Reorganization
   Agreement"), under which Marquette will become a wholly-owned
   subsidiary of the Company.  Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement,
   the stockholders of Marquette will exchange their shares of Common
   Stock, $0.01 par value, of Marquette on a one-for-one basis for the
   Common Stock of the Company, as more fully described in the
   Registration Statement.

        We are familiar with the proceedings to date with respect to the
   proposed issuance and exchange of the Shares and have examined such
   records, documents and matters of fact as we have considered relevant
   for purposes of this opinion.

        Based upon such examination, we are of the opinion that the
   Shares will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable when:

        (a)  the Registration Statement, as then amended, shall have
        become effective under the Act;

        (b)  the Reorganization Agreement shall have been duly
        authorized, executed and delivered by Marquette, the Company and
        Interim; and

        (c)  the Shares shall have been issued and exchanged as
        contemplated in the Registration Statement and in accordance with
        the terms and conditions of the Reorganization Agreement.





   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   ________________, 2000
   Page 2



        We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
   the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the
   caption "Legal Matters" in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus constituting
   a part of the Registration Statement.

                                 Very truly yours,

                                 SCHIFF HARDIN & WAITE



                                 By:  /s/  Christopher J. Zinski
                                      ----------------------------------
                                      Christopher J. Zinski



                                                              EXHIBIT 8.1
                                                              -----------

   Lawrence H. Jacobson
   (312) 258-5580

                             ____________, 2000

   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   10533 West National Avenue
   West Allis, Wisconsin  53227

   Gentlemen:

        You have requested our opinion regarding certain United States
   federal and Wisconsin state income tax consequences of the merger (the
   "Merger") of Marquette Interim Federal Savings Bank, a to be formed
   interim federal stock savings bank ("Interim"), into Marquette Savings
   Bank, S.A. a Wisconsin-chartered capital stock savings association
   (the "Association").  As of the Effective Date, Interim will be a
   wholly-owned subsidiary of Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc.
   (the "Stock Holding Company"), a to be formed federally-chartered
   stock corporation and to be wholly-owned subsidiary of the
   Association.  The Merger will be effected pursuant to the Agreement
   and Plan of Reorganization dated December 14, 1999 (the "Plan") by and
   among the Association, the Stock Holding Company and Interim.  The
   Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Association on
   _______________, 2000.  The Merger will create a two-tier holding
   company structure in which the Stock Holding Company will be the stock
   holding company of the Association and the majority owned subsidiary
   of Marquette Financial, M.H.C. ("Mutual").  Mutual is the owner of
   approximately 56 percent of the issued and outstanding shares of
   Association common stock, all of which will be exchanged for the same
   percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock Holding
   Company Common Stock pursuant to the Merger.  All capitalized terms
   used but not defined in this letter shall have the meanings assigned
   to them in the Plan.

        In connection with the opinions expressed below, we have examined
   and relied upon originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
   to our satisfaction, of the Plan, the Stock Holding Company's
   application on Form H-(e)1 ("Application") filed with the Office of
   Thrift Supervision and of such corporate records of the parties to the
   Plan as we have deemed appropriate.  We have also relied, without
   independent verification, upon a letter dated ____________, 2000 from
   the Association to us containing certain tax representations.  We have
   assumed that the parties will act, and that the Merger will be
   effected, in accordance with the Plan, and that the representations
   made by the Association in the foregoing letter are true, correct and
   complete, and will be true, correct and complete on the Effective
   Date, and as to any statement qualified by the best of knowledge of
   the Association, will be consistent with the underlying facts as of
   the Effective Date.  Unless facts material to the opinion expressed





   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   ____________, 2000
   Page 2


   herein are specifically stated to have been independently established
   or verified by us, we have relied as to such facts solely upon the
   representations made by the Association.  We are not, however, aware
   of any facts or circumstances contrary to or inconsistent with such
   representations.  In addition, we have made such investigations of law
   as we have deemed appropriate to form a basis for the opinions
   expressed below.

        The Merger and related transactions (together, the
   "Reorganization") will be effected, pursuant to the Plan, as follows:

        (i)  The Association will organize the Stock Holding Company,
             which will issue to the Association _____ shares of its
             common stock, which stock will constitute all of the issued
             and outstanding Stock Holding Company Common Stock, and
             thereby become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Association.

       (ii)  Stock Holding Company will organize Interim as its wholly-
             owned subsidiary, solely to effect the Merger.

      (iii)  Pursuant to the Merger, on the Effective Date, and in
             accordance with applicable federal law, Interim will be
             merged with and into the Association, with the Association
             as the surviving entity, and each share of Association
             common stock issued and outstanding on the Effective Date
             will be converted by operation of law into one share of
             Stock Holding Company Common Stock.

       (iv)  Pursuant to the Merger, all of the issued and outstanding
             shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be
             canceled, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of
             Interim common stock will be converted by operation of law
             into an equal number of issued and outstanding shares of
             Association common stock, which will constitute all of the
             issued and outstanding stock of the Association.

        (v)  Pursuant to the Merger, (a) all unexercised options to
             acquire shares of Association common stock will be converted
             into options to acquire shares of Stock Holding Company
             Common Stock with identical price, terms and conditions to
             purchase an identical number of shares of Stock Holding
             Company Common Stock instead of Association common stock,
             (b) the stock option plan of the Association will become the
             stock option plan of the Stock Holding Company, and (c) any
             stock option agreement of the Association will become a
             stock option agreement of the Stock Holding Company.





   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   ____________, 2000
   Page 3


        As a result of the Merger, all stockholders of the Association
   will become the stockholders of the Stock Holding Company and the
   Association will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding
   Company.  Following the Merger, the Association will continue to
   operate as a savings association and retain its present name and State
   of Wisconsin charter.

        Based on, and subject to, the foregoing, it is our opinion that
   for United States federal and Wisconsin state income tax purposes
   under current law:

        (1)  The Merger will constitute a reorganization within the
             meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of
             1986 (the "Code"), and the Association, the Stock Holding
             Company and Interim will each be a party to the
             reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the
             Code.

        (2)  No gain or loss will be recognized by Association
             stockholders upon the exchange of Association common stock
             solely for shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in
             the Merger.

        (3)  No gain or loss will be recognized by the Association, the
             Stock Holding Company or Interim as a result of the Merger.

        (4)  The tax basis of the shares of Stock Holding Company Common
             Stock received by each holder of Association common stock
             who exchanges Association common stock for shares of Stock
             Holding Company Common Stock in the Merger will be the same
             as the tax basis of the shares of Association common stock
             surrendered in the exchange therefor.

        (5)  The holding period of the shares of Stock Holding Company
             Common Stock received by each holder of Association common
             stock in the Merger will include the holding period of the
             shares of Association common stock exchanged therefor,
             provided such stockholder holds such shares of Association
             common stock as a capital asset on the Effective Date.

        (6)  No gain or loss will be recognized by Association
             stockholders upon the conversion of their options to
             purchase Association common stock into options to purchase
             Stock Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Merger.

        Our opinion is based on present law and existing interpretations
   thereof by the courts and the Internal Revenue Service.  Any change in
   facts, currently or in the future, or any changes in United States or





   Board of Directors
   Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
   ____________, 2000
   Page 4


   State of Wisconsin income tax law or existing interpretations thereof,
   may adversely affect our opinion.  Further, our opinion is not binding
   on the Internal Revenue Service or the Wisconsin Department of Revenue
   and the tax effects discussed above are not subject to absolute
   resolution prior to the running of the statute of limitations or the
   rendering of a final determination by a court of law or by closing
   agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or Wisconsin Department of
   Revenue.  We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
   the Application and to any reference to us in the Proxy
   Statement/Prospectus under the heading "Tax Consequences."

                                      SCHIFF HARDIN & WAITE


                                      By:    /s/ Lawrence H. Jacobson
                                           ------------------------------
                                                 Lawrence H. Jacobson


                                                             EXHIBIT 10.5
                                                             ------------









                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

                    1998 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
                    ------------------------------------





                                 CERTIFICATE
                                 -----------





             I, Gary J. Sparza, Secretary of Marquette Savings Bank,

   S.A., hereby certify that the attached document is a correct copy of

   the MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A. 1998 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN.



                  Dated this 12th day of January, 1998.



                                           /s/ Gary J. Sparza
                                           ---------------------------
                                           Secretary as Aforesaid

                                                (Corporate Seal)





























                                      1





                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

                    1998 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
                    ------------------------------------


   SECTION 1.     PURPOSE.

        The purpose of the Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. 1998 Stock Option
   and Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to benefit Marquette Savings Bank,
   S.A. (the "Bank") and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2) by
   recognizing the contributions made to the Bank by officers and other
   key employees (including Directors of the Bank who are also employees)
   of the Bank and its Subsidiaries, to provide such persons with
   additional incentive to devote themselves to the future success of the
   Bank, and to improve the ability of the Bank to attract, retain and
   motivate individuals, by providing such persons with a favorable
   opportunity to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the
   Bank over a period of years through receipt of options to acquire
   common stock of the Bank.  The Plan also is intended as an additional
   incentive to members of the Board of Directors of the Bank who are not
   employees of the Bank ("Non-Employee Directors") to serve on the Board
   of Directors of the Bank (the "Board") and to devote themselves to the
   future success of the Bank by providing them with a favorable
   opportunity to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the
   Bank through receipt of options to acquire common stock of the Bank.

        The Bank may grant stock options that constitute "incentive stock
   options" ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
   Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or stock options that
   do not constitute ISOs ("NISOs") (ISOs and NISOs being hereinafter
   collectively referred to as "Options").

   SECTION 2.     ELIGIBILITY.

        Non-Employee Directors shall participate in the Plan only in
   accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Plan.  The
   Committee (as defined in Section 3) shall initially, and from time to
   time thereafter, select those officers and other key employees
   (including Directors of the Bank who are also employees) (collectively
   referred to herein as "Key Employees") of the Bank or any other entity
   of which the Bank is the direct or indirect beneficial owner of not
   less than fifty percent (50%) of all issued and outstanding equity
   interests ("Subsidiaries"), to participate in the Plan on the basis of
   the special importance of their services in the management,
   development and operations of the Bank or its Subsidiaries (each such
   Director and Key Employee receiving Options granted under the Plan is
   referred to herein as an "Optionee").





                                      2





   SECTION 3.     ADMINISTRATION.

        3.1. THE COMMITTEE.  The Plan shall be administered by the Salary
   Committee of the Board (the "Committee").  The Committee shall be
   comprised of two (2) or more members of the Board who are "non-
   employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
   the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), or
   any successor rule or regulation.

        3.2. AUTHORITY OF THE COMMITTEE.  No person, other than members
   of the Committee, shall have any authority concerning decisions
   regarding the Plan.  Subject to the express provisions of this Plan,
   including but not limited to Section 5, the Committee shall have sole
   discretion concerning all matters relating to the Plan and Options
   granted hereunder.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.1, the
   Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the Key Employees
   and Non-Employee Directors of the Bank and its Subsidiaries to whom,
   and the time or times at which, Options will be granted, the number of
   shares to be subject to each Option, the expiration date of each
   Option, the time or times within which the Option may be exercised,
   the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder
   thereof) and the other terms and conditions of the grant of the
   Option.  The terms and conditions of the Options need not be the same
   with respect to each Optionee or with respect to each Option.  The
   Committee shall, at all times, act according to applicable law,
   including regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the
   Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions.

        The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan,
   establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or
   advisable for the proper administration of the Plan, and may make
   determinations and may take such other action in connection with or in
   relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable.  Each
   determination or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan,
   including interpretation of the Plan and the specific terms and
   conditions of the Options granted hereunder by the Committee, shall be
   final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including,
   but without limitation, the Bank, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the
   Board, officers and the affected employees of the Bank and/or its
   Subsidiaries, and their respective successors in interest.

        No member of the Committee shall, in the absence of bad faith, be
   liable for any act or omission with respect to service on the
   Committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a
   Director of the Bank so that members of the Committee shall be
   entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Bank's Articles of
   Incorporation and By-Laws and as provided in Section 14.

   SECTION 4.     SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

        4.1. The total number of shares of common stock, par value $.01
   per share, of the Bank (the "Common Stock"), that may be issued and

                                      3





   sold under the Plan initially shall be 106,734.  The number of shares
   of Common Stock delivered by any such Optionee or withheld by the Bank
   on behalf of any such Optionee pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.4 of the
   Plan shall once again be available for issuance pursuant to subsequent
   Options.  Any shares of Common Stock subject to issuance upon exercise
   of Options but which are not issued because of a surrender (other than
   pursuant to Sections 8.2 or 8.4 of the Plan), forfeiture, expiration,
   termination or cancellation of any such Option, to the extent
   consistent with applicable law, rules and regulations, shall once
   again be available for issuance pursuant to subsequent Options.

        4.2. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and
   to Options granted under the Plan shall be adjusted as follows:  (a)
   in the event that the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is
   changed by any stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares,
   the number of shares subject to the Plan and to Options previously
   granted thereunder shall be proportionately adjusted; (b) in the event
   of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Bank with any
   other corporation or corporations, there shall be substituted on an
   equitable basis as determined by the Committee, in its sole
   discretion, for each share of Common Stock then subject to the Plan
   and for each share of Common Stock then subject to an Option granted
   under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other
   securities, cash or other property to which the holders of Common
   Stock of the Bank are entitled pursuant to the transaction; and (c) in
   the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank, the
   Committee, in its sole discretion, shall provide for an equitable
   adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the
   Plan and to each share of Common Stock then subject to an Option
   granted under the Plan.  In the event of any such adjustment, the
   exercise price per share shall be proportionately adjusted.

             Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions
   of this paragraph, any such adjustment shall be deemed to have
   prevented any dilution and enlargement of an Optionee's rights, if
   such Optionee receives in any such adjustment, rights that are
   substantially similar (after taking into account the fact that the
   Optionee has not paid the applicable exercise price) to the rights the
   Optionee would have received had he exercised his outstanding Options,
   and become a stockholder of the Bank immediately prior to the event
   giving rise to such adjustment.  Adjustments under this paragraph
   shall be made by the Committee whose decision as to the amount and
   timing of any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding on all
   persons.

   SECTION 5.     GRANT OF OPTIONS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.

        5.1. GRANTS.  Each individual who is a Non-Employee Director on
   the Effective Date of the Plan shall be granted automatically a NISO
   to purchase 5,336 shares of Common Stock on the effective date of the
   Plan.  Non-Employee Directors shall also be eligible to receive


                                      4





   discretionary grants of NISOs as determined by the Committee from time
   to time.

        5.2. EXERCISE PRICE AND PERIOD.  The per share Option exercise
   price of each such NISO granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be
   the "Fair Market Value," on the date on which the Option is granted,
   of the Common Stock subject to the Option.  "Fair Market Value" shall
   mean the average of the closing price for Bank Stock as reported on
   The Nasdaq Stock Market for the 20 business days ending on the third
   business day preceding the date with respect to which such Bank Stock
   is being valued, for which trades in Bank Stock were reported on The
   Nasdaq Stock Market.  If no trades occur on a certain day, the closing
   price for the last preceding day on which trading occurred will be
   used as the closing price for that day.  In the event that Bank Stock
   is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the Fair
   Market Value of Bank Stock shall be determined by an independent
   appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the
   treasury regulations promulgated under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.

        Except to the extent otherwise provided in or pursuant to Section
   7 or in the proviso to this sentence, NISOs granted to a Non-Employee
   Director shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedule:
   with respect to one-fifth of the total number of shares of Common
   Stock subject to Option on the date twelve months after the date of
   its grant and with respect to an additional one-fifth of the total
   number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option at the end of
   each twelve-month period thereafter during the succeeding four years;
   provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall
   have the authority at any time to shorten or lengthen the exercise
   schedule with respect to any or all Options, or any part thereof,
   granted to Non-Employee Directors under the Plan, subject to
   applicable law.  Each NISO shall expire on the date ten years after
   the date of grant.

         In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this
   Section 5, NISOs granted to Non-Employee Directors also shall be
   subject to such terms and conditions applicable to NISOs according to
   other provisions of the Plan, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such additional terms
   and conditions are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions set
   forth in Section 5 of this Plan.

   SECTION 6.     GRANTS OF OPTIONS TO KEY EMPLOYEES.

        6.1. GRANT.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may
   from time to time grant Options, which may be ISOs or NISOs, to Key
   Employees of the Bank or any of its Subsidiaries.  Unless otherwise
   expressly provided at the time of the grant, Options granted under the
   Plan to Key Employees will be ISOs.

        6.2. OPTION AGREEMENT.  Each Option shall be evidenced by a
   written Option Agreement specifying the type of Option granted, the
   Option exercise price, the terms for payment of the exercise price,

                                      5





   the expiration date of the Option, the number of shares of Common
   Stock to be subject to each Option and such other terms and conditions
   established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, not inconsistent
   with the Plan.

        6.3. EXPIRATION.  Except to the extent otherwise provided in or
   pursuant to Section 7, each Option shall expire, and all rights to
   purchase shares of Common Stock shall expire, on the tenth anniversary
   of the date on which the Option was granted.

        6.4. EXERCISE PERIOD.  Except to the extent otherwise provided in
   or pursuant to Section 7 or in the proviso to this sentence, Options
   granted to Key Employees shall become exercisable pursuant to the
   following schedule: with respect to one-fifth of the total number of
   shares of Common Stock subject to Option on the date twelve months
   after the date of its grant and with respect to an additional one-
   fifth of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the
   Option at the end of each twelve-month period thereafter during the
   succeeding four years; provided, however, that the Committee, in its
   sole discretion, shall have the authority at any time to shorten or
   lengthen the exercise schedule with respect to any or all Options, or
   any part thereof, granted to Key Employees under the Plan, subject to
   applicable law.

        6.5. REQUIRED TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ISOS.  Each ISO granted to
   a Key Employee shall be in such form and subject to such restrictions
   and other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, in its
   sole discretion, at the time of grant, subject to the general
   provisions of the Plan, the applicable Option Agreement, and the
   following specific rules:

             (a)  Except as provided in Section 6.5(d), the per
        share exercise price of each ISO shall be the Fair Market
        Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date such ISO is
        granted.

             (b)  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with
        respect to each ISO at the time such ISO is granted) of the
        shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are
        exercisable for the first time by a Key Employee during any
        calendar year (under all incentive stock option plans of the
        Bank and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not
        exceed $100,000.  If the aggregate Fair Market Value
        (determined at the time of grant) of the Common Stock
        subject to a ISO, which first becomes exercisable in any
        calendar year exceeds the limitation of this paragraph
        6.5(b), so much of the ISO that does not exceed the
        applicable dollar limit shall be an ISO and the remainder
        shall be a NISO; but in all other respects, the original
        Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.



                                      6





             (c)  As used in this Section 6, the words "parent" and
        "subsidiary" shall have the meanings given to them in
        Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

             (d)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
        if an ISO is granted to a Key Employee who owns stock
        possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
        voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank or of its
        parent or subsidiary corporations, within the meaning of
        Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, (i) the purchase price of
        each share of Common Stock subject to the ISO shall be not
        less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market
        Value of the Common Stock on the date the ISO is granted,
        and (ii) the ISO shall expire and all rights to purchase
        shares thereunder shall cease no later than the fifth
        anniversary of the date the ISO was granted.

             (e)  No ISOs may be granted under the Plan after
        January 12, 2008.

             (f)  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause
        the Bank to convert an ISO to a NISO upon such terms and
        conditions and in such manner as the Committees deems
        equitable.

        6.6. REQUIRED TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NISOS.  Each NISO granted
   to a Key Employee or Non-Employee Director shall be in such form and
   subject to such restrictions and other terms and conditions as the
   Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant,
   subject to the general provisions of the Plan, the applicable Option
   Agreement, and the following specific rule:  the per share exercise
   price of each NISO shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of
   Common Stock on the date the NISO is granted; provided however, that
   in no event may the exercise price be less than the par value of the
   shares of Common Stock subject to such NISO.

   SECTION 7.     EFFECT OF TERMINATION.

        7.1. TERMINATION GENERALLY.  Except as provided in Sections 7.2
   and 7.3, or by the Committee, in its sole discretion, any Option not
   yet exercisable shall terminate on the date of the Optionee's
   termination of employment of a Key Employee with the Bank and its
   Subsidiaries, or termination of service of a Non-Employee Director on
   the Board, for any reason.  A Key Employee's transfer of employment
   from the Bank to a Subsidiary, or from a Subsidiary to the Bank, or
   from a Subsidiary to another Subsidiary, shall not constitute a
   termination of employment for purposes of the Plan.  Options granted
   under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of duties in
   connection with the employment of a Key Employee or by leave of
   absence authorized by the Bank or a Subsidiary.



                                      7





        7.2. DEATH AND DISABILITY.  In the event of an Optionee's death
   or Disability (as defined below) during employment of a Key Employee
   with the Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, or during service of a Non-
   Employee Director on the Board, all Options held by the Optionee shall
   become fully exercisable on such date of death or Disability.  Each of
   the Options held by such an Optionee shall expire on the earlier of:
   (a) the first anniversary of the date of the Optionee's death or
   Disability; or (b) the date that such Option expires in accordance
   with its terms.  For purposes of this Section 7.2, "Disability" shall
   mean the inability of an individual to discharge current job
   responsibilities by reason of any medically determinable physical or
   mental impairment which is expected to result in death or which has
   lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
   than twelve (12) months.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall
   determine the date and existence of any Disability.

        7.3. RETIREMENT OF OPTIONEES.

             (a)  NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.  In the event the service of a
        Non-Employee Director on the Board shall be terminated by reason
        of the retirement of such Non-Employee Director of the Bank in
        accordance with the Bank's retirement policy for Directors
        ("Retirement"), any Options granted to such Non-Employee Director
        shall continue to vest and remain exercisable pursuant to Section
        5, in the same manner and to the same extent as if such Director
        had continued his or her service on the Board during such period.

             (b)  KEY EMPLOYEES.  Section 7.3(a) shall be applicable to
        Options held by any Key Employee in the event the employment of
        such Key Employee with the Bank and/or its Subsidiaries shall be
        terminated by reason of Retirement.  Retirement with respect to a
        Key Employee who also is a Director shall have the meaning set
        forth in Section 7.3(a), so long as the service of such Key
        Employee on the Board of Directors continues after such
        Retirement. Retirement with respect to a Key Employee who is not
        a Director or a Key Employee who is a Director and whose service
        on the Board of Directors does not continue following his
        termination of employment with the Bank and/or its Subsidiaries
        means retirement at the normal or early retirement date as set
        forth in the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

   SECTION 8.     EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

        8.1. NOTICE.  A person entitled to exercise an Option may do so
   by delivery of a written notice to that effect specifying the number
   of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being
   exercised and any other information the Committee may prescribe.  The
   notice shall be accompanied by payment as described in Section 8.2.
   The notice of exercise shall be accompanied by the Optionee's copy of
   the writing or writings evidencing the grant of the Option.  All
   notices or requests provided for herein shall be delivered to the
   Secretary of the Bank.

                                      8





        8.2. EXERCISE PRICE.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or
   in any Option Agreement, the Optionee shall pay the purchase price of
   the shares of Common Stock upon exercise of any Option: (a) in cash;
   (b) in cash received from a broker-dealer to whom the Optionee has
   submitted an exercise notice consisting of a fully endorsed Option
   (however, in the case of an Optionee subject to Section 16 of the 1934
   Act, this payment option shall only be available to the extent such
   insider complies with Regulation T issued by the Federal Reserve
   Board); (c) by delivering shares of Common Stock having an aggregate
   Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Option exercise
   price; (d) by directing the Bank to withhold such number of shares of
   Common Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of such Option having an
   aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the
   Option exercise price; (e) by such other medium of payment as the
   Committee, in its discretion, shall authorize at the time of grant; or
   (f) by any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e).  In the case of
   an election pursuant to (a) or (b) above, cash shall mean cash or a
   check issued by a federally insured bank or savings and loan, and made
   payable to the Bank.  In the case of payment pursuant to (b), (c) or
   (d) above, the Optionee's election must be made on or prior to the
   date of exercise and shall be irrevocable.  In lieu of a separate
   election governing each exercise of an Option, an Optionee may file a
   blanket election with the Committee that shall govern all future
   exercises of Options until revoked by the Optionee.  The Bank shall
   issue, in the name of the Optionee, stock certificates representing
   the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the
   exercise of any Option as soon as reasonably practicable after such
   exercise, provided that any shares of Common Stock purchased by an
   Optionee through a broker-dealer pursuant to clause (b) above shall be
   delivered to such broker-dealer in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section
   220.3(e)(4) or other applicable provision of law.

        8.3. TAXES GENERALLY.  At the time of the exercise of any Option,
   as a condition of the exercise of such Option, the Bank may require
   the Optionee to pay the Bank an amount equal to the amount of the tax
   the Bank or any Subsidiary may be required to withhold for federal and
   state income tax purposes as a result of the exercise of such Option
   by the Optionee or to comply with applicable law.

        8.4. PAYMENT OF TAXES.  At any time when an Optionee is required
   to pay an amount required to be withheld under applicable income tax
   or other laws in connection with the exercise of an Option, the
   Optionee may satisfy this obligation in whole or in part by: (a)
   directing the Bank to withhold such number of shares of Common Stock
   otherwise issuable upon exercise of such Option having an aggregate
   Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount of tax
   required to be withheld; or (b) delivering shares of Common Stock of
   the Bank having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount
   required to be withheld.  In the case of payment of taxes pursuant to
   (a) or (b) above, the Optionee's election must be made on or prior to
   the date of exercise and shall be irrevocable.  The Committee may
   disapprove any election or delivery or may suspend or terminate the

                                      9





   right to make elections or deliveries.  In lieu of a separate election
   governing each exercise of an Option, an Optionee may file a blanket
   election with the Committee which shall govern all future exercises of
   Options until revoked by the Optionee.

             If the holder of shares of Common Stock purchased in
   connection with the exercise of an ISO disposes of such shares within
   two years of the date such ISO was granted, or within one year of such
   exercise, he shall notify the Bank of such disposition and remit an
   amount necessary to satisfy applicable withholding requirements
   including those arising under federal income tax laws.  If such holder
   does not remit such amount, the Bank may withhold all or a portion of
   any salary then or in the future owed to such holder as necessary to
   satisfy such requirements.

   SECTION 9.     TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

        No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be transferable
   otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or
   pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the
   Code.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Option Agreement for
   NISOs may provide that the Optionee, at any time prior to his death,
   may assign all or any portion of an NISO granted to him to (i) his
   spouse or lineal descendant, (ii) the trustee of a trust for the
   primary benefit of his spouse or lineal descendant, (iii) a
   partnership of which his spouse and lineal descendants are the only
   partners, or (iv) a tax exempt organization as described in Code
   Section 501(c)(3).  In such event, the spouse, lineal descendant,
   trustee, partnership or tax exempt organization will be entitled to
   all of the rights of the Optionee with respect to the assigned portion
   of such NISO, and such portion of the NISO will continue to be subject
   to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the
   NISO, as set forth herein and in the related Option Agreement
   immediately prior to the effective date of the assignment.  Any such
   assignment will be permitted only if: (i) the Optionee does not
   receive any consideration therefore; and (ii) the assignment is
   expressly permitted by the applicable Agreement as approved by the
   Committee.  Any such assignment shall be evidenced by an appropriate
   written document executed by the Optionee, and a copy thereof shall be
   delivered to the Bank on or prior to the effective date of the
   assignment.

   SECTION 10.    RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.

        An Optionee or a transferee of an Optionee pursuant to Section 9
   shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Stock
   covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option
   until the Optionee or transferee shall have become the holder of
   record of such Common Stock, and no adjustments shall be made for
   dividends in cash or other property or other distributions or rights
   in respect to such Common Stock for which the record date is prior to


                                     10





   the date on which the Optionee shall have in fact become the holder of
   record of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

   SECTION 11.  POSTPONEMENT OF EXERCISE.

        The Committee may postpone any exercise of an Option for such
   time as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem necessary in
   order to permit the Bank (a) to effect, amend or maintain any
   necessary registration of the Plan or the shares of Common Stock
   issuable upon the exercise of an Option under the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended, or the securities laws of any applicable
   jurisdiction, (b) to permit any action to be taken in order to (i)
   list such shares of Common Stock on a stock exchange if shares of
   Common Stock are then listed on such exchange or (ii) comply with
   restrictions or regulations incident to the maintenance of a public
   market for its shares of Common Stock, including any rules or
   regulations of any stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock
   are listed, or (c) to determine that such shares of Common Stock and
   the Plan are exempt from such registration or that no action of the
   kind referred to in (b)(ii) above needs to be taken; and the Bank
   shall not be obligated by virtue of any terms and conditions of any
   Option or any provision of the Plan to recognize the exercise of an
   Option or to sell or issue shares of Common Stock in violation of the
   Securities Act of 1933 or the law of any government having
   jurisdiction thereof.  Any such postponement shall not extend the term
   of an Option and neither the Bank nor its directors or officers shall
   have any obligation or liability to an Optionee, to the Optionee's
   successor or to any other person with respect to any shares of Common
   Stock as to which the Option shall lapse because of such postponement.

   SECTION 12.    TRUST AGREEMENT.

        Notwithstanding any other terms of the Plan, the Bank may enter
   into a trust agreement ("Trust Agreement") whereby the Bank shall
   agree to contribute to a trust ("Trust") for the purpose of
   accumulating shares of Common Stock to assist the Bank in fulfilling
   its obligations to Optionees hereunder.  Such Trust Agreement shall be
   substantially in the form of the model trust agreement set forth in
   Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-64, or any subsequent
   Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure, and shall include
   provisions required in such model trust agreement that all assets of
   the Trust shall be subject to the creditors of the Bank in the event
   of insolvency.

   SECTION 13.    TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

        The Board or the Committee may terminate, suspend, or amend the
   Plan, in whole or in part, from time to time, without the approval of
   the stockholders of the Bank to the extent allowed by law.

        The Committee may correct any defect or supply an omission or
   reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted

                                     11





   hereunder in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable, in
   its sole discretion, to effectuate the Plan.

        No amendment or termination of the Plan shall in any manner
   adversely affect any Option theretofore granted without the consent of
   the Optionee, except that the Committee may amend the Plan in a manner
   that does affect Options theretofore granted upon a finding by the
   Committee that such amendment is in the best interest of holders of
   outstanding Options affected thereby.

        This Plan is intended to comply with all applicable requirements
   of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act, insofar as
   participants subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act are concerned.  To
   the extent any provision of the Plan does not so comply, the provision
   shall, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the
   Committee, be deemed null and void with respect to such participants.

   SECTION 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMMITTEE.

        In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may
   have as members of the Board, or as members of the Committee, or as
   its delegate, the members of the Committee and its delegate shall be
   indemnified by the Bank against (a) the reasonable expenses (as such
   expenses are incurred), including attorneys' fees actually and
   necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action,
   suit or proceeding (or in connection with any appeal therein), to
   which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken
   or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option
   granted hereunder, and (b) against all amounts paid by them in
   settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by
   independent legal counsel selected by the Bank) or paid by them in
   satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding,
   except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such
   action, suit or proceeding that such Committee member or delegate is
   liable for gross negligence or misconduct in the performance of his
   duties; provided that within 60 days after institution of any such
   action, suit or proceeding a Committee member or delegate shall in
   writing offer the Bank the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle
   and defend the same.

   SECTION 15.    EFFECTIVE DATE.

        The Plan shall be effective upon the date of approval of the Plan
   by an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the voting stock
   of the Bank entitled to be voted by the holders of stock represented
   at a duly held stockholders' meeting, within 12 months after the date
   of adoption of the Plan by the Board.

   SECTION 16.    LEAVES OF ABSENCE.

         The Committee shall be entitled to make such rules, regulations
   and determinations as it deems appropriate under the Plan regarding

                                     12





   any leave of absence taken by a Key Employee who is the recipient of
   any Option.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
   Committee shall be entitled to determine (a) whether or not any such
   leave of absence shall constitute a termination of employment within
   the meaning of the Plan, and (b) the impact, if any, of any such leave
   of absence on Options under the Plan thereto granted to any Key
   Employee who takes such leave of absence.

   SECTION 17.    GOVERNING LAW

        The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in
   accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin
   and, in the case of ISOs, Section 422 of the Code and regulations
   issued thereunder.

   SECTION 18.    SUCCESSORS.

        In the event of a sale of substantially all of the assets of the
   Bank, or a merger, consolidation or share exchange involving the Bank,
   all obligations of the Bank under the Plan with respect to Options
   granted hereunder shall be binding on the successor to the
   transaction.  Employment of a Key Employee with such a successor shall
   be considered employment of the Key Employee with the Bank for
   purposes of the Plan.

   SECTION 19.    NOTICES.

        Notices given pursuant to the Plan shall be in writing and shall
   be deemed received when personally delivered or five days after mailed
   by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt
   requested, addressee only, postage prepaid.  Notice to the Bank shall
   be directed to:

                       Richard A. Knisbeck
                       President and Chief Executive Officer
                       Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
                       10533 National Avenue
                       West Allis, Wisconsin  53227-2099

        Notices to or with respect to an Optionee shall be directed to
   the Optionee, or the executors, personal representatives or
   distributees of a deceased Optionee, at the Optionee's home address on
   the records of the Bank.










                                     13





        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Plan to be executed
   by its duly authorized officers, and its corporate seal to be affixed
   and duly attested, all on this 12 day of January, 1998.


                                 MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.


                                 By  /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Richard A. Knisbeck
                                     President and Chief Executive
                                     Officer

   ATTEST:


   /s/ Gary J. Sparza
   ------------------------
   Gary J. Sparza
   Secretary
































                                     14




                                                             EXHIBIT 10.6
                                                             ------------








                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.
                 MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT AND RECOGNITION PLAN
                 -------------------------------------------





                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.
                 MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT AND RECOGNITION PLAN
                 -------------------------------------------


                                  ARTICLE I
                          ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN
                          -------------------------

        1.01.     Marquette Savings Bank, S.A. (the "Bank") hereby
   establishes the Management Development and Recognition Plan (the
   "Plan") upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

                                 ARTICLE II
                             PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
                             -------------------

        2.01.     The purpose of the Plan is to allow the Bank to retain
   personnel of experience and ability in key positions by providing such
   key employees with a proprietary interest in the Bank as compensation
   for their contributions to the Bank and its Subsidiaries and as an
   incentive to make such contributions in the future.  The Plan is also
   intended as an additional incentive to Non-Employee Directors to serve
   on the Board and to devote themselves to the future success of the
   Bank and its Subsidiaries by providing them with a favorable
   opportunity to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the
   Bank.

                                 ARTICLE III
                                 DEFINITIONS
                                 -----------

        The following words and phrases, when used in the Plan, unless
   the context clearly indicates otherwise, shall have the meanings set
   forth below.  Whenever appropriate, the masculine pronoun shall
   include the feminine pronoun and the singular shall include the
   plural.

        3.01.     "Bank" means Marquette Savings Bank, S.A., a Wisconsin-
   chartered savings and loan association, and its successors and
   assigns.

        3.02.     "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated by
   a Recipient to receive any benefits payable under the Plan in the
   event of such Recipient's death.  Such person or persons shall be
   designated in writing on forms provided for this purpose by and filed
   with the Committee and may be changed from time to time by similar
   written forms filed with the Committee.  In the absence of a written
   designation, the Beneficiary shall be the Recipient's surviving
   spouse, if any, or if none, his lawful living descendants, PER
   STIRPES, or if none, the duly appointed representatives of the
   Recipient's estate.

        3.03.     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Bank.





        3.04.     "Committee" means the Salary Committee of the Board.

        3.05.     "Common Stock" means shares of the common stock, $.01
   par value per share, of the Bank.

        3.06.     "Director" means a member of the Board.

        3.07.     "Disability" means the inability of an individual to
   discharge current job responsibilities by reason of any medically
   determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to result
   in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
   continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  The Committee,
   in its sole discretion, shall determine the date and existence of any
   Disability.

        3.08.     "Effective Date" means the date stockholders of the
   Bank approve the Plan.

        3.09.     "Employee" means any person, including an officer, who
   is employed by the Bank or a Subsidiary, on or after the Effective
   Date, and during the Term of the Plan (as defined in Section 8.05
   below).

        3.10 "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who is
   not an Employee.

        3.11.     "Plan Shares" means shares of Common Stock issued or
   issuable to a Recipient pursuant to the Plan.

        3.12.     "Plan Share Award" means a right granted under the Plan
   to earn Plan Shares.

        3.13.     "Recipient" means an Employee or Non-Employee Director
   who receives a Plan Share Award under the Plan.

        3.14.     "Retirement" means retirement at the normal or early
   retirement date as set forth in the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership
   Plan.

        3.15.     "Subsidiary" means any entity of which the Bank is the
   direct or indirect beneficial owner of not less than fifty percent
   (50%) of all issued and outstanding equity interests.  A Subsidiary
   may, with the consent of the Board, agree to participate in the Plan.

                                 ARTICLE IV
                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
                         --------------------------

        4.01.     ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered
   and interpreted by the Committee.   The Committee shall be comprised
   of two (2) or more members of the Board who are "non-employee


                                      2





   directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities
   Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act") or any successor rule or regulation.

        No person, other than members of the Committee, shall have any
   authority concerning decisions regarding the Plan.  Subject to the
   express provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to Article
   VI, the Committee shall have sole discretion concerning all matters
   relating to the Plan and Plan Share Awards granted hereunder.  Except
   as otherwise provided in Article VI, the Committee, in its sole
   discretion, shall determine the Employees and Non-Employee Directors
   to whom, and the time and times at which, Plan Share Awards will be
   granted, the number of Plan Shares to be subject to each Plan Share
   Award, the expiration date of each Plan Share Award, the time or times
   within which a Plan Share Award may be earned, the cancellation of a
   Plan Share Award (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the
   other terms and conditions of the grant of a Plan Share Award.  The
   terms and conditions of Plan Share Awards need not be the same with
   respect to each Recipient or with respect to each Plan Share Award.
   The Committee shall at all times act according to applicable law,
   including regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the
   Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions.

        The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan,
   establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or
   advisable for the proper administration of the Plan and may make
   determinations and may take such other action in connection with and
   in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable.  Each
   determination or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan,
   including interpretation of the Plan, and the specific terms and
   conditions of Plan Share Awards granted thereunder by the Committee,
   shall be final and conclusive for all purposes, and upon all persons
   including, but without limitation, the Bank, its Subsidiaries, the
   Committee, the Board, officers and affected employees of the Bank
   and/or its Subsidiaries, and their respective successors in interest.

        No member of the Committee shall, in the absence of bad faith, be
   liable for any act or omission with respect to service on the
   Committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a
   Director of the Bank so that members of the Committee shall be
   entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Bank's Articles of
   Incorporation and By-Laws, and as provided in Section 8.08.

        4.02.     ROLE OF THE BOARD.  The Board shall appoint or approve
   members of the Committee and any trustee or trustees of a Trust
   established pursuant to Section 8.07.  The Board may, in its
   discretion, from time to time, remove members from or add members to
   the Committee and may remove, replace or add trustees.  The Board may
   not revoke any Plan Share Award already made without the consent of
   the Recipient.




                                      3





                                 ARTICLE V
                         ELIGIBILITY AND ALLOCATIONS
                         ---------------------------

        5.01.     ELIGIBILITY.  Employees of the Bank and its
   Subsidiaries are eligible to be Recipients of Plan Share Awards.  Non-
   Employee Directors will be Recipients with respect to Plan Share
   Awards granted pursuant to Article VI below.

        5.02.     GRANTS OF PLAN SHARE AWARDS. Plan Share Awards shall be
   granted to such Employees, and at such time or times, as the Committee
   shall determine.  Plan Share Awards shall be granted to Non-Employee
   Directors pursuant to Article VI.  The number of Plan Shares covered
   by Plan Share Awards granted prior to the first anniversary of the
   Effective Date of the Reorganization (as defined in the Plan of
   Reorganization from Mutual Savings Association to Mutual Holding
   Company, as first adopted on August 28, 1997 (the "Plan of
   Reorganization")), shall not exceed 4% of the total shares of Common
   Stock issued and sold in the Stock Offering (as defined in the Plan of
   Reorganization).  In no event shall any Plan Share Awards be granted
   which will violate the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the
   Bank or of the Plan of Reorganization, or any applicable federal or
   state law or regulation.  In the event Plan Shares are forfeited for
   any reason, the Committee may determine which of the Employees and
   Non-Employee Directors will be granted additional Plan Shares to be
   awarded from forfeited Plan Shares.  Subject to Article VI, in
   selecting those Employees and Non-Employee Directors to whom Plan
   Share Awards will be granted and the number of Plan Shares covered by
   such Plan Share Awards, the Committee shall consider the position and
   responsibilities of the eligible Employees or Non-Employee Directors,
   the value of their services to the Bank and its Subsidiaries, and any
   other factors the Committee may deem relevant, including the
   recommendations of the Chairman of the Board.

        5.03.     NOTICE OF GRANT.  As promptly as practicable after a
   determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 or Article VI that a
   Plan Share Award is to be granted to an Employee or a Non-Employee
   Director, the Committee shall notify the Recipient in writing of the
   grant of the Award, the number of Plan Shares covered by the Award and
   the terms upon which the Plan Shares subject to the Award may be
   earned.  The date on which the Committee so notifies the Recipient
   shall be considered the date of grant of the Plan Share Award.  The
   Committee shall maintain records as to all grants of Plan Share Awards
   under the Plan.

        5.04.     GRANTS NOT REQUIRED.  Notwithstanding anything to the
   contrary in Sections 5.01 and 5.02, but subject to Section 6.01, no
   Recipient shall have any right or entitlement to receive a Plan Share
   Award hereunder, such Awards being granted at the total discretion of
   the Committee.



                                      4





                                 ARTICLE VI
                 PLAN SHARE AWARDS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
                 -------------------------------------------

        6.01.     MANDATORY GRANTS.  Each Non-Employee Director serving
   as a member of the Board on the Effective Date shall then be granted a
   Plan Share Award equal to 2,134 Plan Shares.

        6.02 DISCRETIONARY GRANTS.  The Committee may, from time to time,
   in its discretion, grant additional Plan Share Awards to Non-Employee
   Directors.  The Committee shall determine the Non-Employee Directors
   to receive such Plan Share Awards, the  number of Plan Shares to be
   subject to any such Plan Share Award, the expiration date of such Plan
   Share Award, the schedule over which Plan Shares thereunder shall be
   earned, and the other terms and conditions applicable to such Plan
   Share Award.

        6.03 OTHER PROVISIONS.  Except as specifically set forth in this
   Article, Plan Share Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be
   subject to all of the provisions of the Plan applicable to Plan Share
   Awards granted to Employees.

                                 ARTICLE VII
                   EARNING AND DISTRIBUTION OF PLAN SHARES
                                VOTING RIGHTS
                   ---------------------------------------

        7.01.     EARNING PLAN SHARES: FORFEITURES.  Unless the Committee
   shall specifically state to the contrary at the time a Plan Share
   Award is granted, Plan Shares subject to the Plan Share  Award shall
   be earned by the Recipient in five equal annual installments over the
   first five years after the date of grant, if (1) the Recipient is an
   Employee and remains employed with the Bank or a Subsidiary
   continuously throughout such period, or (2) the Recipient is a Non-
   Employee Director and remains a member of the Board continuously
   throughout such period, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Committee may
   provide for a less rapid earnings rate than that set forth herein for
   all Awards or for any given Award.  If the employment or service on
   the Board of a Recipient terminates prior to the fifth anniversary (or
   such later date as the Committee shall determine) of the date of grant
   of a Plan Share Award for any reason (except as specifically provided
   in subsections (a) and (b) below), the Recipient shall forfeit the
   right to earn any Plan Shares subject to the Award that have not
   theretofore been earned.  No fractional shares shall be issued under a
   Plan Share Award.

             (a)  EXCEPTION FOR TERMINATIONS DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY.
        Notwithstanding the general rule contained in this Section, Plan
        Shares subject to a Plan Share Award held by a Recipient whose
        employment with the Bank or a Subsidiary, or service on the
        Board, as the case may be, terminates due to death or Disability,
        or any part of such Award that has not theretofore been earned,

                                      5





        shall be deemed earned as of the Recipient's last day of
        employment with the Bank or a Subsidiary, or service on the
        Board.

             (b)  REVOCATION FOR MISCONDUCT.  Notwithstanding anything
        herein to the contrary, the Board may, by resolution, immediately
        revoke, rescind and terminate any Plan Share Award, or portion
        thereof, previously awarded under the Plan, to the extent Plan
        Shares have not been delivered thereunder to the Recipient,
        whether or not yet earned, (1) in the case of a Recipient who is
        an Employee and who is discharged from the Bank or a Subsidiary
        for Cause (as hereinafter defined), or who is discovered after
        termination of employment to have engaged in conduct that would
        have justified termination for Cause, or (2) in the case of a
        Recipient who is a Non-Employee Director and whose service on the
        Board terminates for Cause, or who is discovered after
        termination of service to have engaged in conduct that would have
        justified termination for Cause.  "Cause" is defined as personal
        dishonesty, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty
        involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated
        duties, or the willful violation of any law, rule or regulation
        (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) which results
        in a material loss to the Bank or its Subsidiaries, or of a final
        cease and desist order.

        7.02.     DISTRIBUTION OF PLAN SHARES.  Plan Shares shall be
   distributed to a Recipient or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, as
   soon as is practicable after such Plan Share Award is earned.  All
   Plan Shares shall be distributed in the form of Common Stock.  One
   share of Common Stock shall be distributed for each Plan Share earned
   and payable.

        7.03.     VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS.  No Recipient shall have
   any voting or dividend rights or other rights of a stockholder with
   respect to any Plan Shares covered by a Plan Share Award prior to the
   time said Plan Shares are actually earned and distributed to him.  A
   Recipient shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to cash
   dividends declared on Plan Shares subject to a Plan Share Award
   granted to him, only after such Plan Shares are earned by and
   distributed to the Recipient.  Stock dividends declared on Plan Shares
   subject to a Plan Share Award granted to a Recipient shall be
   distributed to him only after such Plan Shares are earned by and
   distributed to the Recipient.

                                ARTICLE VIII
                                MISCELLANEOUS
                                -------------

        8.01.     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.  The Board or the
   Committee may terminate, suspend or amend the Plan, in whole or in
   part, from time to time, without the approval of the stockholders of
   the Bank to the extent allowed by law.

                                      6





        The Committee may correct any defect or supply an omission or
   reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Plan Share Award
   granted hereunder, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem
   desirable, in its sole discretion, to effectuate the Plan.

        No amendment or termination of the Plan shall in manner adversely
   affect any Plan Share Award theretofore granted without the consent of
   the Recipient thereof, except that the Committee may amend the Plan in
   a manner that does affect Plan Share Awards theretofore granted, upon
   a finding by the Committee that such amendment is in the best interest
   of Recipients of outstanding Plan Share Awards affected thereby.

        The Plan is intended to comply with all applicable requirements
   of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act insofar as
   Recipients subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act are concerned.  To
   the extent any provision of the Plan does not so comply, the provision
   shall, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the
   Committee, be deemed and null and void with respect to such
   Recipients.

        8.02.     NONTRANSFERABLE.  No Plan Share Award granted pursuant
   to the Plan shall be transferable otherwise than by will or by the
   laws of descent and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic
   relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
   amended.  No Recipient or Beneficiary shall have any right in, or
   claim to, any assets of the Plan or Trust, nor shall the Bank, or any
   Subsidiary, be subject to any claim for benefits hereunder.

        8.03.     EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.  Neither the Plan nor any grant of a
   Plan Share Award or Plan Shares hereunder nor any action taken by the
   Committee or the Board in connection with the Plan shall create any
   right on the part of any Employee to continue in the employ of the
   Bank or a Subsidiary.

        8.04.     GOVERNING LAW.  The Plan and all Plan Share Awards
   shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of
   the State of Wisconsin.

        8.05.     TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall remain in effect during
   the Term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier
   of:  (1) termination by the Board; (2) the distribution to Recipients,
   Beneficiaries or the Bank of all assets of the Trust described in
   Section 8.07; or (3) 21 years from the Effective Date.

        8.06.     EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses incurred in the
   operation and administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Bank
   and its Subsidiaries.

        8.07.     TRUST AGREEMENT.  Notwithstanding any other terms of
   the Plan, the Bank may enter into a trust agreement ("Trust
   Agreement") whereby the Bank shall agree to contribute to a trust
   ("Trust") for the purpose of accumulating assets to assist the Bank in

                                      7





   fulfilling its obligations to Recipients hereunder.  Such Trust
   Agreement shall be substantially in the form of the model trust
   agreement set forth in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-
   64, or any subsequent Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure, and
   shall include provisions required in such model trust agreement that
   all assets of the Trust shall be subject to the creditors of the Bank
   in the event of insolvency.

        8.08 INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMMITTEE.  In addition to such other
   rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board, or
   as members of the Committee, or as its delegates, the members of the
   Committee and its delegates shall be indemnified by the Bank against
   (a) the reasonable expenses (as such expenses are incurred), including
   attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with
   the defense of any action, suit or proceeding (or in connection with
   any appeal therein), to which they or any of them may be a party by
   reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection
   with the Plan or any Plan Share Award granted hereunder and (b)
   against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such
   settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the
   Bank) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such
   action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which
   it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such
   Committee member or delegate is liable for gross negligence or
   misconduct in the performance of his duties; provided that within 60
   days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a
   Committee member or delegate shall in writing offer the Bank  the
   opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.

        8.09.     SUCCESSORS.  In the event of a sale of substantially
   all of the assets of the Bank, or a merger, consolidation or share
   exchange involving the Bank, all obligations of the Bank under the
   Plan with respect to Plan Share Awards granted hereunder shall be
   binding on the successor to the transaction.  Employment of an
   Employee with such a successor shall be considered employment of an
   Employee with the Bank for purposes of the Plan.

        8.10.     NOTICES.  Notices given pursuant to the Plan shall be
   in writing and shall be deemed received when personally delivered or
   five days after mailed by United States registered or certified mail,
   return receipt requested, addressee only, postage prepaid.  Notice to
   the Bank shall be directed to:

                       Richard A. Knisbeck
                       President and Chief Executive Officer
                       Marquette Savings Bank, S.A.
                       10533 National Avenue
                        West Allis, Wisconsin   53227-2099

        Notices to or with respect to a Recipient or a Beneficiary shall
   be directed to the Recipient or Beneficiary, or the executors,
   personal representatives or distributees of a deceased Recipient or

                                      8





   Beneficiary, at the Recipient's or Beneficiary's home address on the
   records of the Bank.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused the Plan to be executed
   by its duly authorized officers and the corporate seal to be affixed
   and duly attested, all on this 12 day of January, 1998.

                                 MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.



                                 By: /s/ Richard A. Knisbeck
                                      -------------------------------
                                      Richard A. Knisbeck
                                      President and Chief Executive
                                       Officer


   ATTEST:


   /s/ Gary J. Sparza
   ---------------------------
       Gary J. Sparza
       Secretary




























                                      9




                                                             EXHIBIT 99.1
                                                             ------------


                        MARQUETTE SAVINGS BANK, S.A.

                      PROXY SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE
                  BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF
            STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON _____________ _____, 2000

        The undersigned hereby appoint(s) _________________ and
   __________________, or either of them, as proxy or proxies for the
   undersigned, with the full power of substitution, and hereby
   authorize(s) them or either of them to represent and to vote, as
   designated below, all the shares of common stock of Marquette Savings
   Bank, S.A., held of record by the undersigned on ________, 2000 at the
   special meeting of stockholders of Marquette to be held at
   _________________ on ________, 2000 at __________, local time, and at
   all adjournments and postponements thereof.

   The board of directors recommends a vote "FOR" the following
   proposals:

        (1)  To approve and adopt the agreement and plan reorganization,
        dated as of December 14, 1999, by and among Marquette Savings
        Bank, S.A., Marquette Capital Holding Company, Inc. and Marquette
        Interim Federal Savings Bank, a copy of which is attached as
        Exhibit A to the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
             <S>                               <C>                               <C>
             / /  FOR approval                 / / AGAINST                       / / ABSTAIN from
                   and adoption of the              approval and adoption             vote on the reorganization
                   reorganization agreement         of the reorganization             agreement
                                                    agreement
     </TABLE>

        (2)  In his/her discretion, a proxy is authorized to vote upon
        such other business as may properly come before the meeting;
        PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if a proposal to adjourn the meeting is
        properly presented, a proxy will not have discretion to vote in
        favor of the adjournment proposal any shares of common stock
        which have been voted against approval and adoption of the
        reorganization agreement.





   THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER
   DIRECTED HEREIN.  IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED
   FOR THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.


   Dated: ________________, 2000

                                 ---------------------------------------
                                 Signature


                                 ---------------------------------------
                                 Signature, if held jointly

   Please sign exactly as your name appears hereon.  When shares are held
   by joint tenants, each should sign.  When signing as attorney,
   executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title
   as such.  When executed by a corporation, the proxy should be signed
   by a duly authorized officer, including title as such.  If a
   partnership, please sign in the partnership name by an authorized
   person.

   PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, EXECUTE AND MAIL THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE
   ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.





























                                      2


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission